mmmm 


m 


University  of  California  •  Berkeley 


THE  LIBRARY 

OF 

THE  UNIVERSITY 
OF  CALIFORNIA 


PRESENTED  BY 

PROF.  CHARLES  A.  KOFOID  AND 
MRS.  PRUDENCE  W.  KOFOID 


FOR    LIBRARIANS,    AUTHORS,    BOOKSELLERS,    PUBLISHERS,    ETC. 

JTJST      ZPTJBL,  ISH  E3D  , 


L  OF  LIBRARIES, 

Institutions, 


IN   THE 


THE  I'XITED  STATES  AND  BRITISH  PROVIDES  OF  NORTH  AMERICA, 

BY 

WILLIAM  J.  RHEES,  CHEF  CLERK  OF  THE  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION. 


IT  CONTAINS  AN  HISTORICAL  AND  STATISTICAL  ACCOUNT,  WITH  A  FULL  LIST,  OF 
LIBRARIES, 

COLLEGES  AND  COLLEGE  SOCIETIES, 

ACADEMIES,  SEMINARIES,  AND  HIGH  SCHOOLS, 

INSTITUTIONS  FOR  THE  DEAF,  DUMB,  BLIND,  INSANE, 

AGRICULTURAL,  HISTORICAL,  SCIENTIFIC,  MERCANTILE, 

YOUNG  MEN'S  CHRISTIAN,  AND  OTHER  ASSOCIATIONS. 

Indicating  those  Libraries  .which  have  received  sets  of  the  United  States  Government  pub- 
lic documents,  &c. 

This  List  is  invaluable  to  all  who  have  circulars,  pamphlets, 
reports,  &c.,  to  distribute. 

This  volume  contains  articles  on  the  construction,  lighting,  heating,  and  ventilating  of 
Library  Buildings  ;  the  arrangement,  classification,  and  catalogues  of  books  :  salaries  of 
librarians  ;  number  of  volumes  in  different  languages  in  public  libraries  ;  number  and  kind 
of  books  most  read  ;  statistical  tables,  and  in  fact  every  species  of  information  which  could 
be  collected  relative  to  public  libraries  and  institutions. 

It  is  the  result  of  several  years'  labor,  and  the  examination  of  all  the  material  collected 
by  the 

Smithsonian  Institution  anfr  datanment  gfprtenis  at  Masjpjjt0n. 

IT   ALSO   CONTAINS   ACCOUNTS    OF 


WITH   THE   LATEST   STATISTICS  ; 

SUNDAY  SCHOOL,  MILITARY,  AND  OTHER  LIBRARIES. 

E3F~  The  whole  forms  a  large  octavo  volume  of  700  pages,  printed  and  bound  in  the  best 
style. 

Price  Three  Dollars  per  Copy. 

PUBLISHED  FOR   THE  AUTHOR   BY  J.  B.  LIPPINCOTT  &  CO.,  PHILADELPHIA. 

For  copies  address  the  Publishers,  or 

W.  J.  RHEES,  WASHINGTON,  D.  C. 


:F:RO:M:  isro.  432 


IMPORTER  AND  MANUFACTURER  OF 


173  &  175  GRAND  ST.,  bet.  BROADWAY  and  BOWERY, 


MAKER  OF  METEOROLOGICAL  INSTRUMENTS 

TO  THE  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION. 


EVERY  VARIETY  OF 

Ic^l,  ft^ffyehftlic^,  ^  ^fyiiogopfylc^l 

ON  HAND,  AS 

MECHANICAL  POWERS,  ASTRONOMICAL  AND  OTHER  DIAGRAMS,  in  greal 

HYDROSTATIC  APPARATUS,  variety. 

AIR  PUMPS  OF  ALL  SIZES,  MAGIC' LANTERNS, 

ELECTRICAL  MACHINES  AND  APPARATUS,  ACHROMATIC  AND  OTHER  MICROSCOPES, 

GALVANIC  BATTERIES,  SURVEYING  COMPASSES, 

ELECTRO-MAGNETIC  APPARATUS,  DRAWING  INSTRUMENTS. 


A  PARTICULAR  DESCRIPTION  OF 

SftlfBill 

WITH 

Thermometers,  and  other  Meteorological  Instruments, 

Adopted  by  and  made  under  the  direction  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  is  given  in  the 
Annual  Report  of  the  Institution  for  1855,  by  Prof.  Henry,  and  will  be  famished  gratuitously, 
together  with  meteorological  blanks,  &c.,  on  application  to  the  Smithsonian  Institution. 


PRICE  LISTS  FURNISHED  ON  APPLICATION, 

DESCRIPTIONS  AND  INSTRUCTIONS    FOR    USE  ARE  SENT  WITH  THE  INSTRU- 
MENTS. 


*:;*, 


rmtmt 


:::**»* 


AlTACCOUNT 


OF 


0 


t  ^mitjjs0ttiatt  f  notation, 


FOUNDER,  BUILDING,  OPERATIONS,  ETC, 


PREPARED   FROM   THE 


REPORTS  OF  PROF.  HENRY  TO  THE  REGENTS,  AND  OTHER  AUTHENTIC  SOURCES- 


BY  WILLIAM  J.   RHEES. 


WASHINGTON: 

THOMAS  McGILL,  PRINTER. 


OFFICERS  OF  THE  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION. 

JAMES  BUCHANAN,  Ex-Officio  Presiding  Officer  of  the  Institution. 

ttOGER  B.  TANEY,  Chancellor  of  the  Institution. 

JOSEPH  HENRY,  Secretary  of  the  Institution. 

SPENCER  F.  BAIRD,  Assistant  Secretary. 

W.  W.  SEATON,  Treasurer. 

WILLIAM  J.  RHEES,  Chief  Clerk. 

ALEXANDER  D.  BACHE,     } 

JAMES  A.  PEARCE,  I  Executive  Committee. 

JOSEPH  G.  TOTTJEN,  I 


REGENTS  OF  THE  INSTITUTION. 

JOHN  C.  BEECKENRIDGE ~~ Vice  President  of  the  United  States. 

ROGER  B.  TANEY Chief  Justice  of  the  United  States. 

JAMES  G.  BERRET « ,.Mayor  of  the  City  of  Washington. 

JAMES  A.  PEARCE, . Member  of  the  United  States  Senate. 

JAMES  M.  MASON . .— _.Member  of  the  United  States  Senate. 

STEPHEN  A.  DOUGLAS, . ~-~ Member  of  the  United  States  Senate. 

WM.  II.  ENGLISH,.^-,.,............ _......„..». ...«»..„,  Member  of  the  House  of  Representatives. 

L.  J.  GARTRELL ~.,~ ~*—~ ,Member  of  the  House  of  Representatives. 

BENJAMIN  STANTON , Member  of  the  House  of  Representatives!. 

GIDEON  HAWLEY _, Citizen  of  New  York. 

RICHARD  RUSH ~~..... ~- -~ Citizen  of  Pennsylvania. 

GEORGE  E.  BADGER „ ~~r .~.~~ Citizen  of  North  Carolina. 

COP.NELIUS  C.  FELTON ,.-, Citizen  of  Massachusetts. 

ALEXANDER  D.  BACHE.~..~ ~_~™ Citizen  of  Washington. 

JOSEPH  G.  TOTTEN „ - Citizen  of  Washington . 


MEMBERS  EX-OFFICIO  OF  THE  INSTITUTION. 

JAMES  BUCHANAN President  of  the  United  States. 

JOHN  C.  BRECKENRIDGE. Vice  President  of  the  United  State?. 

LEWIS  CASS ~ - „ Secretary  of  State. 

HOWELL  COBB-..., . Secretary  of  the  Treasury. 

JOHN  B.  FLOYD...~~- „... Secretary  of  War. 

ISAAC  TOUCEY..~.....~ ~ „.. Secretary  of  the  Navy. 

JOSEPH  HOLT.. „ ,.„ Postmaster  General. 

JEREMIAH  S.  BLACK ~ Attorney  General. 

ROGER  B.  TANEY .Chief  Justice  of  the  United  States. 

W.  D.  BISHOP- Commissioner  of  Patents. 

JAMES  G.  BERRET ,.,. Mayor  of  the  City  of  Washington. 


HONORARY  MEMBERS. 

ROBERT  HARE* — Pennsylvania* 

WASHINGTON  IRVING ^ New  York. 

BENJAMIN  SILLIMAN .....Connecticrri 

PARKER  CLEAVELAND* Maine. 

A.  B.  LONGSTREET Mississippi. 

JACOB  THOMPSON Secretary  of  ttie  Interior. 

*  Deceased. 


Entered  according  to  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  1859,  by  WHUAM  J.  RHEES,  in  the  Clerk's  Office  of  th« 
District  Court  for  the  District  of  Columbia. 


Q/l 


INTRODUCTION. 


The  Smithsonian  Institution  has  attained  a  world-wide  reputation,  and  its 
influence  and  importance  are  constantly  extending.  Its  publications  are  found 
not  only  in  the  public  libraries  of  our  own  land,  but  also  in  those  of  every  other 
civilized  country.  Its  correspondents  include  some  of  the  most  distinguished 
cultivators  of  science  of  the  present  day,  and  it  is  referred  to  as  a  center  of  infor- 
mation by  those  who  are  interested  in  the  pursuit  of  knowledge. 

Many  persons,  however,  who  visit  Washington,  are  but  imperfectly  acquainted 
with  the  history  of  Smithson,  the  great  object  he  had  in  view,  the  plans  adopted 
to  carry  out  his  intentions,  and  the  results  already  obtained.  It  is  for  the  pur- 
pose of  furnishing  more  definite  information  on  these  points  that  this  work  has 
been  compiled,  from  the  annual  reports  of  the  Secretary,  Professor  HENRY,  to  the 
3oard  of  Regents,  and  other  authentic  sources. 


M367992 


THE  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION, 


JAMES  SMITHSON,  the  fouudei 
of  the  Institution  which  bears  his 
name  and  will  perpetuate  his  mem- 
ory, was  a  native  of  London,  Eng- 
land. In  his  will  he  states  that 
he  was  the  son  of  Hugh,  first  Duke 
of  Northumberland,  and  Eliza- 
beth, heiress  of  the  Hungerfords, 
of  Audley,  and  niece  of  Charles 
the  Proud,  Duke  of  Somerset.  He 
was  educated  at  Oxford,  where  he 
took  an  honorary  degree  in  17^6. 
He  went  under  the  name  of  James 
Lewis  Macie  until  a  few  years  after 
he  had  left  the  university,  when 
be  took  that  of  Smithson,  the 
family  name  of  the  Northumberlands.  He  does  not  appear  to  have  had  any 
fixed  home  in  England,  but  travelled  much  on  the  continent,  occasionally  staying 
a  year  or  two  in  Paris,  Berlin,  Florence,  etc.  He  died  at  Genoa,  in  1828,  at  an 
advanced  age.  He  is  said  by  Sir  Da  vies  Gilbert,  President  of  the  Royal  Society, 
to  have  rivalled  the  most  expert  chemists  in  minute  analysis ;  and,  as  an  instance 
of  his  skill,  it  is  mentioned  that,  happening  to  observe  a  tear  gliding  down  a 
lady's  cheek,  he  endeavored  to  catch  it  on  a  crystal  vessel ;  that  half  of  the  drop 
escaped,  but  having  preserved  the  other  half,  he  submitted  it  to  close  analysis, 
and  discovered  in  it  several  salts.  He  contributed  a  number  of  valuable  papers 
to  the  Royal  Society,  and  also  to  the  Annals  of  Philosophy,  on  chemistry, 
mineralogy,  and  geology.  His  scientific  reputation  was  founded  on  these 
branches,  though  from  his  writings  he  appears  to  have  studied  and  reflected  upon 
almost  every  department  of  knowledge.  He  was  of  a  sensitive,  retiring  disposi- 
tion; was  never  married — appeared  ambitious  of  making  a  name  for  himself. 


(j  THE    SMITHSONIAN   INSTITUTION. 

either  by  his  own  researches  or  by  founding  an  institution  for  the  promotion  of 
science.  He  declared,  in  writing,  that  though  the  best  blood  of  England  flowed 
in  his  veins,  this  availed  him  not,  for  his  name  would  live  in  the  memory  of  man 
when  the  titles  of  the  Northumberlands  and  Percies  were  extinct  or  forgotten. 
He  was  cosmopolitan  in  his  views,  and  affirmed  that  the  man  of  science  is  of  no 
country — the  world  is  his  country,  and  all  men  his  countrymen.  He  proposed 
at  one  time  to  leave  his  money  to  the  Royal  Society  of  London,  for  the  promotion 
of  science,  but  on  account  of  a  misunderstanding  with  the  council  of  the  Society 
he  changed  his  mind,  and  left  it  to  his  nephew,  and  in  case  o'f  the  death  of  this 
relative,  to  the  United  States  of  America,  to  found  the  Institution  which  now  bears 
his  name. 


Ji]e 


The  whole  amount  of  money  received  from  the  bequest  was  $515,169  ;  and, 
besides  this,  825,000  was  left  in  England  as  the  principal  of  an  annuity  to  the 
mother  of  the  nephew  of  Smithson.  This  sum  will  also  come  to  the  Institution. 
The  Government  of  the  United  States  accepted  the  bequest,  or  in  other  words, 
accepted  the  office  of  trustee,  and  the  Hon.  Richard  Rush,  of  Pennsylvania,  was 
charged  with  the  duty  of  prosecuting  the  claim.  He  remained  in  attendance  on 
the  English  courts  until  the  money  was  awarded  to  him.  He  brought  it  over  in 
sovereigns,  deposited  it  in  the  Mint  of  the  United  States,  where  it  was  recoined 
into  American  eagles,'  thus  becoming  a  part  of  the  currency  of  the  country. 

At  the  time  of  the  passing  of  the  act  establishing  the  Institution,  in  1846, 
the  sum  of  $'242,000  had  accrued  in  interest,  and  this  the  Regents  were  authorized 
.to  expend  on  a  building.  But,  instead  of  appropriating  this  sum  immediately  to 
this  purpose,  they  put  it  at  interest,  and  deferred  the  completion  of  the  building 
for  several  years,  until  over  $100,000  should  be  accumulated,  the  income  of 
which  might  defray  the  expenses  of  keeping  the  building,  and  the  greater  portion 
of  the  income  of  the  original  bequest  be  devoted  to  the  objects  for  which  it  was 
desigued.  This  policy  lias  been  rigidly  adhered  to,  and  the  result  is,  that,  besides 
the  original  sum,  and  after  all  that  has  been  devoted  to  the  building,  the  grounds, 
and  other  operations,  there  is  now  on  hand,  of  accumulated  interest,  $125,000, 
which  has  been  invested  in  State  stocks. 


The  bequest,  in  the  language  of  the  testator,  was  "  to  found  at  Washington  an 
establishment,  under  the  name  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  for  the  increase  and 
diffusion  of  knowledge  among  men."  According  to  this,  the  Government  of  the 
United  States  is  merely  a  trustee.  The  bequest  is  for  the  benefit  of  mankind,  and 
any  plan  which  does  not  recognize  this  provision  of  the  will  would  be  illiberal  and 
unjust.  The  Institution  must  bear  and  perpetuate  the  name  of  its  founder,  and 
hence  its  operations  are  kept  distinct  from  those  of  the  General  Government,  and 


THE    SMITHSONIAN    INSTITUTION.  7 

all  the  good  which  results  from  the  expenditure  of  the  funds  is  accredited  to  the 
name  of  Smithson. 

It  will  be  observed  that  the  object  of  the  bequest  is  twofold — first,  to  increase, 
and,  second,  to  diffuse,  knowledge  among  men.  These  two  objects  are  entirely 
separate  and  distinct,  and  to  view  the  case  understandingly  the  one  must  not  bo 
confounded  with  the  other.  The  first  is  to  enlarge  the  existing  stock  of  knowledge 
by  the  addition  of  new  truths,  and  the  second,  to  disseminate  knowledge  thus 
enlarged  among  men.  This  distinction  is  readily  acknowledged  by  men  of  science, 
and  in  Europe  different  classes  of  scientific  and  other  societies  are  founded  upon 
it.  The  will  makes  no  restriction  in  favor  of  any  particular  kind  of  knowledge, 
and  hence  all  branches  are  entitled  to  a  share  of  attention.  Smithson  was  well 
aware  that  knowledge  should  not  be  viewed  as  existing  in  isolated  parts,  but  as  a 
whole,  each  portion  of  which  throws  light  on  all  the  others,  and  that  the  ten- 
dency of  all  is  to  improve  the  human  mind,  and  to  give  it  new  sources  of  power 
and  enjoyment.  A  prevalent  idea,  however,  in  relation  to  the  will  is,  that  the 
money  was  intended  exclusively  for  the  diffusion  of  useful  or  immediately  practi- 
cal knowledge  among  the  inhabitants  of  this  country,  but  it  contains  nothing 
from  which  such  an  inference  can  be  drawn.  All  knowledge  is  useful,  and  the 
higher  the  more  important.  From  the  enunciation  of  a  single  scientific  truth 
may  flow  a  hundred  inventions,  and  the  more  abstract  the  truth  the  more  im- 
portant the  deductions.  To  effect  the  greatest  good,  the  organization  of  the  In- 
stitution should  be  such  as  to  produce  results  which  could  not  be  attained  by 
other  means,  and  inasmuch  as  the  bequest  is  for  men  in  general,  all  merely  local 
expenditures  are  inconsistent  with  the  will.  These  were  the  views  expressed  by  the 
Secretary,  Professor  Henry,  and  constantly  advocated  by  him.  They  were  not  en- 
tertained, however,  by  many,  and  consequently  difficulties  have  been  encountered 
in  carrying  them  out.  A  number  of  literary  men  thought  that  a  great  library  should 
be  founded  at  Washington,  and  all  the  money  expended  on  it;  others  considered  a 
museum  the  proper  object;  and  another  class  thought  the  income  should  be  de- 
voted to  the  delivery  of  lectures  throughout  the  country ;  while  still  another  was 
of  opinion  that  popular  tracts  should  be  published  and  distributed  amongst  the 
million.  But  all  these  views  were  advanced  without  a  proper  examination  of  the 
will,  or  a  due  consideration  of  the  smallness  of  the  income.  The  act  of  Congress 
directed  the  formation  of  a  library,  a  museum,  a  gallery  of  art,  lectures,  and  a 
building  on  a  liberal  scale  to  accommodate  these  objects.  One  clause,  however, 
gave  the  Regents  the  power,  after  the  foregoing  objects  were  provided  for,  to 
expend  the  remainder  of  the  income  in  any  way  they  might  think  fit  for  carrying 
out  the  design  of  the  testator.  The  plan  they  have  adopted  is  to  stimulate  all 
persons  in  this  country  capable  of  advancing  knowledge  by  original  research  to 
labor  in  this  line  ;  to  induce  them  to  send  their  results  to  the  Institution  for 
examination  and  publication;  and  to  assist  all  persons  engaged  in  original 
investigations,  as  far  as  its  means  will  allow;  also  to  institute,  at  the  ex- 
pense and  under  the  direction  of  the  Institution,  particular  researches.  This 
plan  has  been  found  eminently  practicable,  and  by  means  of  it  the  Institution  has 


8  THE   SMITHSONIAN   INSTITUTION. 

been  enabled  to  produce  results  which  have  made  it  favorably  known  in  every 
part  of  the  civilized  world. 


As  an  evidence  of  the  above  assertion,  the  following  facts  are  given  in  a  late 
report  of  the  Eegents  to  Congress  : 

"  The  Institution  has  promoted  astronomy,  by  the  aid  furnished  the  researches 
which  led  to  the  discovery  of  the  true  orbit  of  the  new  planet  Neptune,  and  the 
determination  of  the  perturbations  of  this  planet,  and  the  other  bodies  of  the 
solar  system,  on  account  of  their  mutual  attraction.  It  has  also  aided  the  same 
branch  of  science  by  furnishing  instruments  and  other  facilities  to  the  Chilian 
Expedition,  under  Lieutenant  Gilliss,  and  by  preparing  and  publishing  an  ephe- 
meris  of  Neptune,  which  has  been  adopted  by  all  the  astronomers  of  the  world. 
It  has  also  published  maps,  and  instructions  for  the  observation  of  eclipses.  It 
has  advanced  geography,  by  providing  the  scientific  traveler  with  the  annual 
lists  of  occultations  of  the  principal  stars  by  the  moon,  for  the  determination  of 
longitude ;  by  the  preparation  of  tables  for  ascertaining  heights  with  the  barome- 
ter; and  by  the  collection  and  publication  of  important  facts  relative  to  the  topo- 
graphy of  different  parts  of  the  country,  particularly  of  the  Valley  of  the  Missis- 
sippi. It  has  established  an  extended  system  of  meteorology,  consisting  of  a 
corps  of  several  hundred  intelligent  observers,  who  are  daily  noting  the  phases  of 
tt  e  weather  in  every  part  of  the  continent  of  North  America.  It  has  imported 
standard  instruments,  constructed  hundreds  of  compared  thermometers,  barometers, 
and  psychrometers,  and  has  furnished  improved  tables  and  directions  for  observ- 
ing, with  their  instruments,  the  various  changes  of  the  atmosphere,  as  to  tempera- 
ture, pressure,  moisture,  etc.  It  has  collected,  and  is  collecting,  from  its  observers, 
an  extended  series  of  facts,  which  are  yielding  deductions  of  great  interest  in  regard 
to  the  climate  of  this  country,  and  the  meteorology  of  the  globe. 

"  The  Institution  has  advanced  the  science  of  geology,  by  its  researches  and 
original  publications.  It  has  made  a  preliminary  exploration  of  the  remarkable 
region  of  the  Upper  Missouri  River  called  the  "  Bad  Lands,"  and  has  published 
a  descriptive  memoir  on  the  extraordinary  remains  which  abound  in  that  locality. 
It  has  assisted  in  explorations  relative  to  the  distribution  in  this  country  of  the 
remains  of  microscopic  animals  found  in  immense  quantities  in  different  parts  of 
the  United  States.  It  has  made  important  contributions  to  Lotany,  by  means  of 
the  published  results  of  explorations  in  Texas,  New  Mexico,  and  California,  and 
by  the  preparation  and  publication  of  an  extended  memoir,  illustrated  with  col- 
ored engravings,  on  the  sea-plants  of  the  coast  of  North  America.  It  has  pub- 
lished several  important  original  papers  on  physiology,  comparative  anatomy, 
zoology,  and  different  branches  of  descriptive  natural  history ;  and  has  prepared 
and  printed,  for  distribution  to  travelers  and  others,  a  series  of  directions  for  col- 
lecting and  preserving  specimens.  It  has  advanced  terrestrial  magnetism,  by  fur- 
nishing instruments  for  determining  the  elements  of  the  magnetic  force,  to 


THE    SMITHSONIAN    INSTITUTION.  9 

various  exploring  expeditions,  and  by  publishing  the  results  of  observations  made 
under  its  direction  at  the  expense  of  the  Government. 

"  The  Institution  has  also  been  instrumental  in  directing  attention  to  American 
antiquities,  and  has  awakened  such  an  interest  in  the  subject  as  will  tend  to  the 
collection  of  all  the  facts  which  can  be  gathered  relative  to  the  ancient  inhabi- 
tants of  this  continent.  It  has  also  rendered  available,  for  the  purposes  of  the 
ethnologist  and  philanthropist,  the  labors  of  our  missionaries  among  the  Dacotahs, 
by  publishing  a  volume  on  the  language  of  this  tribe  of  Indians ;  and  has  done 
good  service  to  comparative  philology,  by  the  distribution  of  directions  for  col- 
lecting Indian  vocabularies. 

"  It  has  established  an  extended  system  of  literary  and  scientific  exchanges, 
both  foreign  and  domestic,  and  annually  transmits  between  the  most  distant 
societies  and  individuals  thousands  of  packages  of  valuable  works.  It  has  pre- 
sented its  own  publications,  free  of  expense,  to  all  the  first  class  libraries  in  the 
world,  thus  rendering  them  accessible,  as  far  as  possible,  to  all  persons  who 
are  interested  in  their  study.  No  restriction  of  copyright  has  been  placed  on 
their  republication,  and  the  truths  which  they  contain  are  daily  finding  their  way 
to  the  general  public  through  the  labor  of  popular  writers  and  teachers.  The 
distribution  of  its  publications,  and  its  system  of  exchanges,  has  served  not  only  to 
advance  and  diffuse  knowledge,  but  also  to  increase  the  reputation,  and  conse- 
quently the  influence,  of  our  country — to  promote  a  kindly  and  sympathetic  feel- 
ing between  the  New  World  and  the  Old,  alike  grateful  to  the  philosopher  and 
the  philanthropist. 

"  These  are  the  fruits  of  what  is  called  the  system  of  active  operations  of  the 
Institution  ;  and  its  power  to  produce  other  and  continuous  results  is  only  limited 
by  the  amount  of  the  income  which  can  be  appropriated  to  it,  since  each  succeed- 
ing year  has  presented  new  and  important  fields  for  its  cultivation.  All  the  an- 
ticipations with  regard  to  it  have  been  more  than  realized/' 

The  following  extract  from  a  speech  delivered  in  the  House  of  Representatives, 
February  27,  1855,  by  one  of  the  Regents,  Hon.  William  H.  English,  of  Indiana, 
gives  an  excellent  and  comprehensive  view  of  the  condition  of  the  Institution  : 

*  *  *  "  Look  at  the  financial  department,  where  corruption  would  most 
likely  exist,  if  it  existed  at  all,  and  you  will  find  the  gratifying  fact  that  it  has 
been  so  judiciously  managed,  that,  after  paying  all  the  current  expenses,  the  funds 
and  property  are  this  day  worth  double  the  amount  of  the  original  bequest.  Where, 
sir,  in  this  age  of  extravagant  expenditures  of  public  money  and  deficiency  bills 
will  you  find  a  parallel  to  this  ?  The  Regents  are  authorized  to  expend  all  the 
accruing  interest ;  but  so  far  from  doing  so,  they  have,  by  husbanding  their  re- 
sources, and  by  constant  watchfulness  over  the  disbursements,  actually  saved  the 
sum  of  8125,000,  which  they  have  now  on  hand  to  apply  as  a  permanent  addition 
to  the  principal.  What,  then,  is  the  result  ?  A  magnificent  building,  of  ample 
dimensions,  has  been  erected,  at  a  cost  of  8300,000.  Books,  apparatus,  and  other 
articles  have  been  provided  for  the  library,  museum,  laboratory,  and  gallery  of 
art,  worth  885,000.  Lecturers  have  been  employed,  original  researches  have 


10  THE    SMITHSONIAN    INSTITUTION. 

been  made,  many  valuable  and  scientific  works  published  and  distributed,  the 
current  expenses  entirely  paid,  and  yet  the  principal  is  increased  $125,000^ 
And  of  the  interest  expended,  I  have  yet  to  hear  where  one  dollar  was  devoted 
to  an  improper  purpose.  Does  this  look  as  if  the  Institution  was  badly  managed? 
If  I  am  asked  what  the  Institution  has  done  to  carry  out  the  object  for  which  it 
was  designed,  I  reply  (hat  it  has  already  done  much  although  yet  in  its  infancy. 
The  building  is  just  completed,  and  it  is  not  to  be  expected  that  a  great  establish- 
ment, which  is  to  exist  as  long  as  this  Government  itself,  is  to  be  built  up  in  a 
day.  The  foundation  is  being  laid  deep  and  wide,  and  the  noble  work  is  grad- 
ually but  surely  advancing." 


An  act  of  Congress,  dated  August  10,  1846,  provides  "  that  the  President  and 
Vice-President  of  the  United  States,  the  Secretary  of  State,  the  Secretary  of  the 
Treasury,  the  Secretary  of  War,  the  Secretary  of  the  Navy,  the  Postmaster 
General,  the  Attorney  General,  the  Chief  Justice,  and  the  Commissioner  of  the 
Patent  Office  of  the  United  States,  and  the  Mayor  of  the  City  of  Washington, 
during  the  time  for  which  they  shall  hold  their  respective  offices,  and  such  other 
persons  as  they  may  elect  as  honorary  members,  be  and  they  are  hereby  constituted 
an  l  establishment/  by  the  name  of  the  '  Smithsonian  Institution/'  for  the  in- 
crease and  diffusion  of  knowledge  among  men.'7 

The  law  also  provides  for  a  "  Board  of  Regents,"  to  be  composed  of  the  Vice- 
President  of  the  United  States  and  the  Mayor  of  the  City  of  Washington,  during 
the  time  for  which  they  shall  hold  their  respective  offices,  three  members  of  the 
Senate  and  three  members  of  the  House  of  Representatives,  together  with  six 
other  persons,  other  than  members  of  Congress,  two  of  whom  shall  be  members  of 
the  National  Institute,  in  the  City  of  Washington,  and  resident  in  the  said  city ; 
and  the  other  four  shall  be  inhabitants  of  other  States,  and  no  two  of  them  from 
the  same  State. 

The  Establishment  exercises  general  supervision  over  the  affairs  of  the  Institu- 
tion. 

The  Board  of  Regents  conducts  tho  business  of  the  Institution,  and  makes 
annual  reports  to  Congress. 

The  Secretary  of  the  Institution  is  elected  by  the  Board.  'His  duty  is  to  take 
charge  of  the  building  and  property,  discharge  the  duty  of  librarian,  keeper  of 
the  museum,  etc.,  and  has  power,  by  consent  of  the  Regents,  to  employ  assist- 
ants. 

All  laws  for  the  protection  of  public  property  in  Washington  apply  to  the  lands, 
buildings,  and  other  property  of  the  Institution. 


THE    SMITHSONIAN    INSTITUTION. 


11 


The  Smithsonian  building  stands  on  a  part  of  a  tract  of  public  land  denom. 
inated  "the  J/c/-7,"  and  the  grounds  extend  from  Seventh  to  Twelfth  streets,  east  and 
west,  and  from  the  canal  to  B  street,  north  and  south,  comprising  about  fifty-two 
acres.  The  center  of  the  building  is  directly  opposite  Tenth  street,  and  the  site 
is  about  twenty  feet  above  the  average  level  of  Pennsylvania  avenue. 

The  style  of  architecture  is  that  of  the  last  half  of  the  twelfth  century,  the  latest 
variety  of  the  rounded  style,  as  it  is  found  immediately  anterior  to  its  merging  into 
the  early  Gothic,  and  is  known  as  the  Norman,  the  Lombard,  or  Romanesque.  The 
semi-circular  arch,  stilted,  is  employed  throughout — in  doors,  windows,  and  other 
openings. 

It  is  the  first  edifice  in  the  style  of  the  twelfth  century,  and  of  a  character  not 
ecclesiastical,  ever  erected  in  this  country. 

The  main  building  has  in  the  center  of  its  north  front  two  towers,  of  which 
the  higher  reaches  an  elevation  of  about  150  feet.  On  the  south  front  is  a 

massive  tower  37  feet 
square  and  91  feet  high. 
On  the  northeast  corner 
stands  a  double  coinpanile 
tower,  17  feet  square  and 
117  feet  high;  at  the 
southwest  corner  an  oc- 
tagonal tower,  in  which  is 
a  spiral  stair  case.  There 
are  nine  towers  in  all. 

The  entire  length  of 
the  building,  from  east  to 
west,  is  447  feet.  Its 
greatest  breadth  is  160 
feet.  The  east  wing  is 
82  by  52  feet,  and  42£ 
feet  high  to  the  top  ot'  its 
battlement;  the  west 
wing,  including  its  pro- 
jecting apsis,  is  84  feet 
by  40,  and  38  feet  high, 
and  each  of  the  connect- 
ing ranges,  including  its 
cloister,  is  60  feet  by  49 
The  main  building  is  205 
feet  by  57,  and,  to  the 
top  of  the  corbel  course, 

NORTH   CENTRAL  TOWERS.  58   feet   high. 


12  THE    SMITHSONIAN    INSTITUTION. 

The  building  is  erected  in  a  very  substantial  manner.  The  foundation  walls 
under  the  main  central  towers  are  12  feet  thick  at  bottom,  gradually  diminishing 
to  five  feet  six  inches  at  the  surface  of  the  ground,  and  are  sunk  eight  feet  deep. 
The  thickness  of  the  walls  of  the  main  building  above  the  water  table  is  two  feet 
and-a-half  in  the  first  story,  and  two  feet  in  the  second,  exclusive  of  buttresses, 
corbel  courses,  &c  The  walls  of  the  wings  are  two  feet  thick ;  of  the  central  towers 
three  feet  and  a  half  thick  in  the  first  story,  diminishing  to  two  feet  in  the  highest 
story.  The  roofs  are  slated.  The  face  of  the  building  is  finished  in  ashlar,  laid 
in  courses  from  10  to  15  inches  in  height,  and  having  an  average  bed  of  nine 
inches. 

The  material  employed  is  a  lilac  gray  variety  of  freestone,  found  in  the  new  red 
sandstone  formation  where  it  crosses  the  Potomac,  near  the  mouth  of  Seneca 
Creek,  one  of  its  tributaries,  and  about  twenty -three  miles  above  Washington. 
When  first  quarried  it  is  comparatively  soft,  working  freely  before  the  chisel  and 
hammer }  but  by  exposure  it  gradually  indurates,  and  ultimately  acquires  tough- 
ness and  consistency,  that  not  only  enables  it  to  resist  the  changes  of  the  atmos- 
phere, but  even  the  most  severe  mechanical  wear  and  tear. 

The  corner-stone  of  the  building  was  laid  with  Masonic  ceremonies,  on  the  first 
of  May,  1847,  in  the  presence  of  President  Polk,  his  Cabinet,  and  an  immense 
concourse  of  citizens  and  strangers.  The  Grand  Master  of  Masons,  who  performed 
the  ceremony,  wore  the  apron  presented  by  the  Grand  Lodge  of  France  to  Wash- 
ington, through  La  Fayette,  and  used  the  gavel  employed  by  Washington  when 
he  laid  the  first  corner-stone  of  the  Capitol  of  the  United  States.  An  oration  was 
delivered  by  the  Hon.  George  Mifflin  Dallas,  the  first  Chancellor  of  the  Smithsonian 
Institution,  and  now  United  States  Minister  to  Great  Britain.  In  the  course  of  his 
remarks  Mr.  Dallas  said:  "  When,  at  no  distant  day,  I  trust,  it  shall  be  seen 
that  within  the  walls  of  this  building  the  truths  of  nature  are  forced  by  persever. 
ing  researches  from  their  hidden  recesses,  mingled  with  the  stock  already  hoarded 
by  genius  and  industry,  and  thence  profusely  scattered,  by  gratuitous  lectures  or 
publications,  for  the  benefit  of  all — when  it  shall  be  seen  that  here  universal 
science  finds  food,  implements,  and  a  tribune — art  her  spring  to  invention,  her 
studio,  and  her  models ;  and  both  shall  have  throngs  of  disciples  from  the  ranks 
of  our  people,  emulous  for  enlightenment,  or  eager  to  assist — then  the  condition  of 
our  legacy  will  have  been  performed,  and  the  wide  philanthropy  of  Smithson  have 
achieved  its  aim." 

The  design,  by  James  Renwick,  Jr.,  of  New  York,  consists  of  a  main  center 
building,  two  stories  high,  and  two  wings,  connected  by  intervening  ranges;  each 
of  these  latter  having,  on  the  north  or  principal  front,  a  cloister,  with  open 
stone  screen. 

The  first  story  of  the  main  building  consists  of  one  large  room,  200  feet  by  50, 
and  25  feet  high,  the  ceiling  of  which  is  supported  by  two  rows  of  columns  ex- 
tending the  whole  length ;  at  the  middle  of  the  space  corresponding  to  the  prin- 
cipal entrances  are  two  wing  walls,  by  which,  with  the  addition  of  screens,  the 
whole  space  may  be  divided  into  two  large  rooms,  with  a  hall  extending  across  the 


THE    SMITHSONIAN    INSTITUTION. 


13 


Q  p  w  o  P  a  > 


y  !_.  t     NV \?\ Vuvi^  -       f  r 

a  lit 


_- .— ™ — : — Lu „ — ^_ 


s  ?  s  r  w  ^  p 

!    H  "no  ^  a  #  OT 

Ili^ll! 

fr  •     P"  2-  ««-  •«   -»- 
K        vj    g    °    " r  ? 

!    slltl 


14 


THE    SMITHSONIAN    INSTITUTION. 


THE  LECTURE    ROOM. 


building  between  them.  This  story  may  be  used  for  a  library  or  a  museum,  or 
for  both,  as  the  wants  of  the  Institution  may  require.  It  is  finished  in  a  simple 
but  chaste  style,  and  has  received  general  commendation.  It  is  one  of  the  most 
imposing  rooms  in  this  country,  apart  even  from  adaptation  to  its  purposes. 

The  upper  story  is  divided  into  three  apartments  without  pillars — a  lecture- 
room  in  the  middle,  and  two  rooms,  each  50  feet  square,  on  either  side.  The 
one  on  the  east  is  for  apparatus,  and  for  meetings  of  societies,  committees,  &c. ; 
that  on  the  west  is  now  occupied  by  Stanley's  Indian  Gallery  and  other  collections. 

The  whole  arrangement  of  the  upper  part  of  the  building  is  made  with  a  view 
to  afford  facilities  for  meetings  of  associations,  which  have  for  their  object  the 
promotion,  diffusion  or  application  of  knowledge.  If  at  any  time  the  space 
now  occupied  by  the  lecture-room  should  be  required  for  other  purposes,  the  seats 
and  gallery  may  be  removed,  and  the  partition  walls,  which  are  unconnected  with 
the  roof,  may  be  taken  down,  and  the  whole  upper  story  converted  into  a  large  hall. 


Ji)e  JLectyfe 


The  optic  and  acoustic  properties  of  the  lecture-room  are  unsurpassed  by  any 
apartment,  intended  for  the  same  purpose,  in  the  United  States.  As  has  been 
observed,  it  is  situated  in  the  second  story  of  the  main  building;  it  is  one  hun- 
cRd  feet  in  length,  and,  by  occupying  part  of  the  towers,  a  width  of  seventy-five 
feet  has  been  secured.  The  ceiling  is  twenty-five  feet  high,  smooth  and  unbroken. 


THE    SMITHSONIAN    INSTITUTION. 


15 


with  the  exception  of  an  oval  opening  above  to  admit  light  on  the  platform.  It 
thus  powerfully  reflects  the  sound  of  the  speaker's  voice  to  the  hearers,  and  being 
so  low,  this  reflection  blends  with  the  original  sound  and  simply  re-enforces  it. 
The  general  form  of  the  room  is  fan-shaped,  the  speaker  being  near  the  handle 
of  the  fan,  on  one  side  of  the  room.  The  walls  behind  and  near  "him  are  smooth 
lath  and  plaster,  giving  a  powerful  but  short  resonance,  which  strengthens 
his  voice.  Not  being  parallel,  they  reduce  the  reverberation,  but  send  the  sound 
out  from  the  speaker,  to  increase  the  volume  of  his  voice  until  it  reaches  the  fur- 
thest part  of  the  gallery.  The  multitude  of  surfaces  directly  in  front  of  the 
speaker — gallery,  pillars,  stair-screens,  and  the  seats  of  the  audience — prevent 
reverberation.  The  scats  are  curved,  so  that  each  spectator  faces  the  platform ; 
and  the  floor  is  also  curved,  so  that  the  back  seats  rise  above  the  front — not 
quite  so  much  as  is  required  by  thepanoptic  curve  of  Professor  Bache,  but  as  much 
as  the  size  of  the  room  will  allow.  The  gallery  is  in  the  form  of  a  horse-shoe.  The 
architecture  of  this  room  is  due  to  Captain  Alexander,  of  the  corps  of  Topo- 
graphical Engineers,  who  va- 
ried the  plan  until  the  required 
conditions  were,  as  nearly  as 
possible,  fulfilled.  The  room 
will  scat  fifteen  hundred  persons, 
and  when  crowded  will  contain 
upwards  of  two  thousand.  Prof. 
Henry  presented  a  valuable 
paper  on  acoustics  to  the  Ameri- 
can Association  for  the.  Advance- 
ment of  Science,  at  its  meeting 
in  Albany,  August,  1856.  It 
gives  an  account  of  the  princi- 
ples on  which  the  Smithsonian 
lecture-room  was  constructed, 
and  the  result  of  the  observations 
made  by  Capt.  Meigs,  Prof. 
Bache,  and  Prof.  Henry,  in  rela- 
tion to  the  new  rooms  in  the 
extension  of  the  Capitol.  It 
was  published  in  the  transac- 
tions of  the  Association,  and 
in  the  Smithsonian  Report  for 
1856. 

The  room  in  the  second  story 
of  the  south  tower  is  used  for  the 
meetings  of  the  Board  of  Re- 
gents.    The  offices  of  the  Secre- 
REOP.XTS-  ROOM.  tary  are  in  the  north  tower,  im- 


16  THE    SMITHSONIAN    INSTITUTION. 

mediately  in  front  of  the  lecture  room  ;  the  library  is  at  the  west  end ;  the  natural 
history  department,  chemical  laboratory,  exchange,  and  publication  rooms,  at  the 
east  end  of  the  building. 


In  the  room  used  by  the  "  Regents"  and  the  "Establishment"  as  a  hall  for  their 
meetings,  are  now  deposited  the  personal  effects  of  James  Smithson.  Here  may  be 
seen  his  trunks,  umbrella,  walking-cane,  sword,  plume,  riding-whip,  a  set  of  silver 
plate,  a  miniature  chemical  laboratory  which  he  used  when  travelling,  thermome- 
ters, snuff  box,  scales,  candlesticks,  &c. 

Hanging  in  this  room  is  an  original  painting  by  Bergham,  a  rural  scene, 
the  property  of  Smithson,  a  marble  head  of  St.  Cecilia,  by  Thorwalsden,  &c. 

There  are  also  likenesses  of  Chief  Justice  Taney,  Chancellor  of  the  Institution, 
Hon.  Richard  Rush,  of  Pennsylvania,  and  Senator  Pearce,  of  Maryland,  distin- 
guished alike  for  their  devotion  to  the  interests  of  the  Institution,  of  which  they 
have  been  Regents  from  its  organization,  and  for  their  valuable  public  services. 


Jfye  JLS 


This  portion  of  the  establishment  has  been  well  filled  by  purchase,  donation, 
the  copyright  law,  and  exchange.  It  now  contains  25,000  very  valuable  vol- 
umes, and  is  rapidly  becoming  of  much  value  in  its  special  sphere  of  usefulness. 
In  relation  to  it,  the  Secretary,  in  his  report  for  1855,  says : 

"  It  is  the  present  intention  of  the  Regents  to  render  the  Smithsonian  Library 
the  most  extensive  and  perfect  collection  of  transactions  and  scientific  works  in 
this  country,  and  this  it  will  be  enabled  to  accomplish  by  means  of  its  exchanges, 
which  will  furnish  it  with  all  the  current  journals  and  publications  of  societies, 
while  the  separate  series  may  be  completed  in  due  time  as  opportunity  and  means 
may  offer.  The  Institution  has  already  more  complete  sets  of  transactions  of 
learned  societies  than  are  to  be  found  in  the  oldest  libraries  in  the  United  States, 
and  on  this  point  we  speak  on  the  authority  of  one  of  the  first  bibliographers  of 
the  day.  This  plan  is  in  strict  accordance  with  the  general  policy  of  the  Institution, 
viz  :  to  spend  its  funds  on  objects  which  cannot  as  well  be  accomplished  by  other 
means,  and  has  commended  itself  to  those  who  are  able  to  appreciate  its  merits, 
and  who  are  acquainted  with  the  multiplicity  of  demands  made  upon  the  limited 
income  of  the  Smithsonian  fund.  In  a  letter,  after  a  visit  to  Washington,  the 
bibliographer  before  alluded  to  remarks :  '  My  previous  opinions  as  to  the  judicious- 
ness of  the  system  pursued  by  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  in  every  respect,  were 
more  than  confirmed.  I  hope  you  will  not  change  in  the  least.  Your  exchanges 
will  give  you  the  most  important  of  all  the  modern  scientific  publications,  and 
the  older  ones  can  be  added  as  you  find  them  necessary.  The  Library,  I  think; 
should  be  confined  strictly  to  works  of  science/  ' 

Besides  books,  the  Library  contains  engravings,  maps,  music,  and  other  articles 
connected  with  the  art  of  printing.     The  collection  of  engravings  and  works  upon 


THE    SMITHSONIAN   INSTITUTION. 


17 


THE  LIBRARY. 


the  history  of  art  is  believed  to  be  one  of  the  choicest  in  the  country.  It  was 
made  by  an  American  gentleman  distinguished  as  a  scholar  no  less  than  as  a 
statesman,  with  a  special  design  of  illustrating  the  process  and  resources  of  the 
art  of  engraving,  in  all  its  branches,  from  its  early  masters  to  its  present  time. 
This  collection  contains  some  of  the  best  works  of  nearly  every  engraver  of  much 
celebrity.  There  is  one  portfolio  of  the  works  of  Albert  Durer,  containing  twenty 
engravings  on  copper  and  two  on  iron  by  his  own  hand — and  among  them  most 
of  his  best  and  rarest  works ;  about  sixty  fine  copies  on  copper,  including  the 
famous  seventeen  by  Marc  Antonio ;  thirteen  different  portraits  of  Durer,  and  a 
large  number  of  wood  cuts  engraved  by  him  or  under  his  inspection.  Another  port- 
folio contains  a  large  collection  of  the  etchings  of  Rembrandt,  including  some  of 
his  most  beautiful  pieces,  particulary  the  "  Christ  Healing  the  Sick,"  an  early 
and  fine  impression.  There  is  a  portfolio  of  two  hundred  engravings  and  etchings, 
by  Claude  Lorraine,  Hollar,  and  Bega;  a  portfolio  of  superb  portraits  by  Nanteuil, 
Wille,  Edelink,  and  others,  among  them  a  first  impression  of  the  "  Louis  XIV  in 


18  THE   SMITHSONIAN   INSTITUTION. 

armor/'  by  Nanteuil ;  a  portfolio  of  prints  from  the  old  Italian  masters,  comprising 
many  that  are  extremely  rare ;  and  another  from  the  old  German  masters,  containing 
about  one  hundred  prints,  many  of  them  scarce  and  of  great  beauty.  There  are, 
besides,  five  portfolios  of  sheet  engravings,  including  very  choice  prints.  Among 
them  are  thirtyrone  which  are  valued  by  Longhi  at  fifteen  hundred  dollars. 

Among  the  galleries  and  published  collections,  are  the  "  Musee  Royal,"  in  two 
volumes  folio,  proofs  before  the  letter,  a  superb  copy ;  Denon's  "  Monumens  des 
Arts  du  Dessin,"  in  four  volumes  folio,  of  which  only  two  hundred  and  fifty  copies 
were  published ;  Baillie's  Works,  one  hundred  plates,  folio ;  Thorwaldsen's 
Works,  four  volumes,  folio ;  Hogarth's  Works,  folio,  and  the  German  edition  in 
quarto ;  The  Boydell  Gallery,  two  volumes,  folio ;  Boydell's  "  Shakspeare  Gal- 
lery," a  remarkably  good  copy,  containing  many  proofs  before  the  letter,  numerous 
etchings  and  several  progressive  plates ;  Claude's  "  Liber  Veritatis,"  an  original 
copy,  three  volumes,  folio ;  The  Houghton  Gallery,  two  volumes,  folio ;  Cham- 
berlain's Drawings  in  the  Royal  Collection,  one  volume,  folio;  Rembrandt's 
Drawings,  one  volume,  quarto;  Da  Vinci's  Drawings,  one  volume,  quarto; 
"  Galerie  de  Florence ;"  Angerstein  Gallery ;  Ancient  Sculpture,  by  the  Dilet- 
tanti Society;  Perrault's  "Hommes  Illustres;"  Sadeler's  Hermits;  "  Theuer- 
dank,"  a  fine  copy  of  the  very  rare  edition  of  1519  ;  Meyrick's  Armor ;  Hope's 
Ancient  Costumes,  and  more  than  one  hundred  volumes  besides,  mostly  in  folio 
or  quarto,  either  composed  entirely  of  valuable  engravings,  or  in  which  the  text  is 
published  for  the  sake  of  the  illustrations  of  fine  or  decorative  art. 

The  collection  of  critical  and  historical  works,  in  the  various  departments  of 
the  fine  arts,  comprises  several  hundred  volumes  of  the  best  works  in  the  English, 
French,  German,  and  Italian  languages,  including  whatever  is  mostly  needed  by 
the  student  of  art  in  all  its  branches. 

The  Library  is  open  to  the  public  from  9  a.  m.  to  5  p.  m.  daily,  except  Sunday. 

The  busts  in  the  Library  represent  the  Hon.  Roger  B.  Taney,  Chief  Justice 
of  the  United  States  and  Chancellor  of  the  Institution ;  Robert  Fulton,  Com- 
modore Decatur,  Joel  Barlow,  Thomas  Jefferson,  Daniel  Webster,  Milton,  Thor- 
walsden,  and  Benjamin  Hallowell. 


The  visitor  will  find  in  the  Reading-room,  which  adjoins  the  Library,  the 
leading  periodicals,  and  particularly  the  scientific  journals  published  in  the  world. 

In  this  room  may  be  seen  a  portrait  of  Smithson,  representing  him  in  the 
costume  of  a  student  of  Oxford,  which  was  probably  painted  when  he  was  not 
more  than  twenty  years  of  age.  This  portrait  was  purchased  for  thirty  guineas, 
for  the  Institution,  by  the  Hon.  Abbot  Lawrence,  from  the  widow  of  John  Fitall, 
a  servant  of  Smithson  mentioned  in  his  will.  There  is  also  in  possession  of  the 
Institution  a  medallion  of  Smithson,  in  copper,  taken  in  after  life. 

On  the  west  porch,  adjoining  the  Reading-room,  are  several  idols  from  Central 
America,  presented  to  the  Institution  by  E.  G.  Squier,  late  United  States  Minis- 


THE   SMITHSONIAN   INSTITUTION. 


19 


THE  READING   ROOM. 


ter  to  Nicaragua.  The  largest  statue,  carved  in  black  basalt,  was  obtained  from 
the  Island  of  Momotombita,  in  Lake  Managua,  where  there  was  a  temple  or  sacred 
place.  The  figure  with  the  sphinx-like  head-dress  is  also  from  the  same  locality. 
One  or  two  of  the  other  statues,  by  the  Indians  of  the  Pueblo  of  Subtiava,  near 
Leon,  having  been  buried  a  great  number  of  years,  and  the  locality  carefully  con- 
cealed, they  are  somewhat  mutilated.  A  small  group  of  these  monuments  exists 
in  the  depths  of  the  forest  midway  between  Leon  and  the  Pacific,  which  is  still 
secretly  visited  by  the  Indians  for  the  performance  of  dances  and  other  rites 
pertaining  to  their  primitive  religion.  The  small  figure  resembling  some  animal 
couchant  was,  until  very  recently,  preserved  on  a  remarkable  rock  on  the  side  of 
the  volcano  of  Omatepec,  and  regarded  with  high  veneration  by  the  Indians.  It 
was  only  after  many  years  of  search  that  the  priests  were  able  to  find  and  remove 
it.  The  granite  vase,  distinguished  by  the  ornaments  called  grecques  by  Hum- 
boldt,  (and  which  characterize  the  ruins  at  Mitla,  in  Mexico,)  was  dug  up  near 
the  city  of  Nicaragua.  The  spot  had  been  a  cemetery  of  the  ancient  inhabitants. 


20 


THE    SMITHSONIAN    INSTITUTION. 


Another  relic  of  the  same  material,  and  with  a  like  style  of  ornament,  accompanies 
the  vase,  and  was  found  in  the  same  neighborhood.  It  seems  to  have  been  de- 
signed as  a  pedestal  for  a  small  statue.  There  are  also  several  vases,  in  which 
the  bones  and  ashes  of  the  dead  were  packed  after  the  decomposition  of  the  flesh 
or  after  burning. 

The  largest  and  most  elaborate  monuments  in  Nicaragua  exist  in  the  little 
Island  of  Pensacola,  near  the  base  of  the  extinct  volcano  of  Momobacho.  They 
weigh  a  number  of  tons  each,  and  are  distinguished  as  being  wrought  from  blocks 
of  sandstone — a  material  which  is  not  found  on  the  island.  Two  of  the  statues 
of  the  Smithsonian  collection  are  from  the  Island  of  Zapatero,  in  Lake  Nicaragua, 
where  once  existed  one  of  the  most  imposing  aboriginal  temples  of  the  country. 
Here,  among  the  ruins  of  the  teocalli,  or  high-places  of  the  former  inhabitants, 
were  found  entire  statues,  besides  the  fragments  of  many  others,  several  broken 
sacrificial  stones,  etc. 


The  Smithsonian  Institution  is  now  in  possession  of  the  best  collection  of  the 
larger  North  American  and  European  mammalia,  both  skins  and  skeletons,  to  be 
found  in  the  United  States.  In  birds  it  is  only  second  to  the  collection  of  the 
Philadelphia  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences — the  latter  being  without  doubt  the 
most  extensive  and  perfect  now  extant.  Of  fish  the  Smithsonian  has  a  greater 
number  than  is  to  be  found  in  any  cabinet,  except  that  of  Professor  Agassiz. 


THE  MUSEUM. 


THE   SMITHSONIAN    INSTITUTION. 


21 


LABORATORY   OF   NATURAL   HISTORY 


It  should  be  understood  that  the  Smithsonian  Institution  does  not  enter  upon 
grounds  already  occupied,  and  therefore  it  is  not  an  object  to  collect  specimens 
promiscuously,  or  those  usually  found  in  other  museums.  Hence  the  collection  of 
this  Institution  is  not  attractive  to  the  general  visitor  and  curiosity  seeker;  but  the 
student  of  natural  history  will  here  find  much  that  will  be  sought  in  vain  else- 
where. Duplicate  specimens  are  often  exchanged  for  those  in  other  collections, 
and  all  the  objects  are  open  for  the  study  and  examination  of  those  engaged  in 
this  line  of  research.  Applications  for  such  facilities  are  numerous,  and  have  al- 
ways been  granted.  The  preparation  of  most  of  the  important  papers  on  natural 
history  published  within  a  few  years  in  this  country  has  been  aided  in  this  way 
by  the  Institution. 

The  act  of  Congress  establishing  the  Institution  provides  as  follows  : — 

SEC.  6.  That,  in  proportion  as  suitable  arrangements  can  be  made  for  their  reception,  all 
objects  of  art  and  of  foreign  and  curious  research,  and  all  objects  of  natural  history,  plants, 
and  geological  and  mineralogical  specimens  belonging,  or  hereafter  to  belong,  to  the  United 
States,  which  may  be  in  the  city  of  Washington,  in  whosesoever  custody  the  same  may  be, 
shall  be  delivered  to  such  persons  as  may  be  authorized  by  the  Board  of  Regents  to  receive 
them,  and  shall  be  arranged  in  such  order,  and  so  classed,  as  best  facilitate  the  exam- 
ination and  study  of  them,  in  the  building  so  as  aforesaid  to  be  erected  for  the  Institution ; 
and  the  Regents  of  said  Institution  !?hall  afterwards,  as  new  specimens  in  natural  history, 
geology,  or  minerology,  may  be  obtained  for  the  museum  of  the  Institution,  by  exchange  of 
duplicate  specimens  belonging  to  the  Institution,  (which  they  are  hereby  authorized  to 
make,)  or  by  any  donation,  which  they  may  receive,  or  otherwise,  cause  such  new  specimens 
to  be  also  appropriately  classed  and  arranged. 


22  THE   SMITHSONIAN   INSTITUTION. 

Under  these  provisions,  tlie  Institution  has  received  and  taken  charge  of  such 
government  collections  in  mineralogy,  geology,  and  natural  history  as  have  been 
made  since  its  organization.  The  amount  of  these  has  been  very  great,  as  all  the 
United  States  Geological,  Boundary  and  Railroad  Surveys,  with  the  various  topo- 
graphical, military,  and  naval  explorations,  have  been,  to  a  greater  or  less  extent, 
ordered  to  make  such  collections  as  would  illustrate  the  physical  and  natural  his- 
tory features  of  the  regions  traversed. 

Of  the  collections  made  by  thirty  government  expeditions,  those  of  twenty-five 
are  now  deposited  with  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  embracing  more  than  five- 
sixths  of  the  whole  amount  of  materials  collected.  The  principal  expeditions  thus 
furnishing  collections  are  the  United  States  Geological  Surveys  of  Doctors  Owen, 
Jackson,  and  Evans,  and  of  Messrs.  Foster  and  Whitney ;  the  United  States  and 
Mexican  Boundary  Survey ;  the  Pacific  Railroad  Survey ;  the  Exploration  of  the 
Yellow  Stone,  by  Lieutenant  Warren ;  the  Survey  of  Lieutenant  Bryan ;  the 
United  States  Naval  Astronomical  Expedition ;  the  North  Pacific  Behring  Straits 
Expedition  ;  the  Japan  Expedition,  and  the  Paraguay  Expedition. 

The  Institution  has  also  received,  from  other  sources,  collections  of  greater  or 
less  extent,  from  various  portions  of  North  America,  tending  to  complete  the 
government  series. 

The  collections  thus  made,  taken  as  a  whole,  constitute  the  largest  and  best* 
series  of  the  minerals,  fossils,  rocks,  animals,  and  plants  of  the  entire  continent 
of  North  America,  in  the  world.  Many  tons  of  geological  and  mineralogical 
specimens,  illustrating  the  surveys  throughout  the  West,  are  embraced  therein. 
There  is  also  a  very  large  collection  of  minerals  of  the  mining  regions  of  Northern 
Mexico,  and  of  New  Mexico,  made  by  a  practical  Mexican  geologist,  during  a  period 
of  twenty-five  years,  and  furnishing  indications  of  many  rich  mining  localities 
within  our  own  borders,  yet  unknown  to  the  American  people. 

It  includes,  also,  with  scarcely  an  exception,  all  the  vertebrate  animals  of  North 
America,  among  them  many  specimens  each  of  the  Grizzly,  Cinniman,  and  Black 
Bears ;  the  Panther,  Jaguar,  Ocelot,  and  several  species  of  Lynx  or  Wildcat ; 
the  Elk,  the  Mexican,  Virginian,  White-tailed,  Black-tailed,  and  Mule  Deer;  the 
Antelope,  Rocky  Mountain  Goat  and  Sheep;  several  species  of  Wolves  and 
Foxes,  the  Badger,  Beaver,  Porcupine,  Prairie  Dog,  Gopher,  and  also  about  seven 
hundred  species  of  American  Birds,  four  hundred  of  Reptiles,  and  eight  hundred 
of  Fishes,  embracing  Salmon,  Trout,  Pike,  Pickerel,  White  Fish,  Muskalonge, 
Bass,  Redfish,  &c. 

The  greater  part  of  the  Mammalia  have  been  arranged  in  walnut  drawers, 
made  proof  against  dust  and  insects.  The  birds  have  been  similarly  treated, 
hile  the  reptiles  and  fish  have  been  classified,  as,  to  some  extent,  have  also  been 
the  shells,  minerals,  fossils,  and  plants. 

The  Museum  hall  is  quite  large  enough  to  contain  all  the  collections  hitherto 
made,  as  well  as  such  others  as  may  be  assigned  to  it.  No  single  room  in  the 
country  is,  perhaps,  equal  to  it  in  capacity  or  adaptation  for  its  purposes,  as,  by 
the  arrangements  now  being  perfected,  and  denoted  in  the  illustration,  it  is  capa- 


THE   SMITHSONIAN   INSTITUTION. 


23 


ble  of  receiving  twice  as  large  a  surface  of  cases  as  the  old  Patent  Office  hall,  and 
three  times  that  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia.  When 
completely  fitted,  and  specimens  finally  placed,  the  whole,  taken  together,  will 
present  a  most  imposing  appearance. 

Congress,, in  March,  1857,  made  an  appropriation  for  the  construction  of  suita- 
ble cases  in  the  Smithsonian  hall  to  contain  the  collection  of  the  South  Sea  Ex- 
ploring Expedition  and  others  belonging  to  the  Government.  These  will  soon 
be  transferred  and  appropriately  arranged.  The  immense  collection  already  in 
the  Smithsonian  Institution,  although  accessible  to  naturalists,  and  in  constant 
use  by  them,  has,  for  want  of  these  cases,  not  been  fully  displayed  to  the 
public. 

In  the  Museum  hall  may  be  seen  a  meteorite,  the  largest  specimen  in  this 
country  next  to  the  Texas  meteorite  at  Yale  College. 

It  was  brought  to  this  country  by  Lieutenant  Couch,  of  the  United  States 
Army,  he  having  obtained  it  at  Saltillo.  It  was  said  to  have  come  from  the  Sancha 
estate,  some  fifty  or  sixty  miles  from  Santa  Rosa,  in  the  north  of  Coahuila ; 
various  accounts  were  given  of  the  precise  locality,  but  none  seemed  very  satisfac- 
tory. When  first  seen  by  Lieutenant  Couch,  it  was  used  as  an  anvil,  and  had 
been  originally  intended  for  the  Society  of  Geography  and  Statistics  in  the  city  of 
Mexico.  It  is  said,  that  where  this  mass  was  found  there  are  many  others  of 
enormous  size ;  but  such  stories,  however,  are  to  be  received  with  many  allow- 
ances. Mr.  Weidner,  of  the  mines  of  Freiberg,  states,  that  near  the  southwestern 
edge  of  the  Balson  de  Mapimi,  on  the  route  to  the  mines  of  Parral,  there  is  a 
meteorite  near  the  road  of  not  less  than  a  ton  weight.  Lieutenant  Couch  also 
states,  that  the  intelligent,  but  almost  unknown,  Dr.  Berlandier,  writes  in  his 
journal  of  the  Commission  of  Limits,  that  at  the  hacienda  of  Venagas,  there  was 
(1827)  a  piece  of  iron  that  would  make  a  cylinder  one  yard  in  length,  with  a 
diameter  of  ten  inches.  It  was  said  to  have  been  brought  from  the  mountains 
near  the  hacienda.  It  presented  no  crystalline  structure,  and  was  quite  ductile. 

Prof.  J.  Lawrence  Smith,  of  the  Medical  Department  of  the  University  of 
Louisville,  gives  the  following  account  of  this  meteorite  :  "  It  weighs  252  pounds, 
and  from  several  flattened  places  I  am  led  to  suppose  that  pieces  have  been  de- 


.METEORITE  FROM   COAHUILA.   MEXICO. 


24  THE   SMITHSONIAN   INSTITUTION. 

tached.  The  surface,  although  irregular  in  some  places,  is  rather  smooth,  with 
only  here  and  there  thin  coatings  of  rust,  and,  as  might  be  expected,  but  very 
feeble  evidence  of  chlorine,  and  that  only  on  one  or  two  spots.  The  specific 
gravity  is  7.81.  It  is  highly  crystalline,  quite  malleable,  and  not  difficult  to  cut 
with  a  saw.  Its  surface  etched  with  nitric  acid,  presents  the  Widmannstattian 
figures,  finely  specked  between  the  lines,  resembling  the  representation  we  have  of 
the  etched  surface  of  Hauptinannsdorf  iron.  Schreibersite  is  visible,  but  so  in- 
serted in  the  mass  that  it  cannot  be  readily  detected  by  mechanical  means.  Hy- 
drochloric acid  leaves  a  residue  of  beautifully  brilliant  patches  of  this  mineral." 

Prof.  Smith,  in  a  lecture  on  meteorites  at  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  published 
in  the  Annual  Report  for  1855,  advocates  the  theory  of  their  lunar  origin. 


The  Apparatus-room  contains  a  large  and  valuable  collection  of  instruments, 
prominent  among  which  is  the  munificent  donation  of  Dr.  Robert  Hare,  of  Philadel- 
phia, who,  when  he  resigned  the  Chair  of  Chemistry  in  the  University  of  Pennsyl- 
vania, which  he  filled  with  honor  to  himself  and  his  country  for  nearly  thirty  years, 
presented  to  the  Smithsonian  the  instruments  of  research  and  illustration  collected 
and  used  by  himself  during  his  long  and  successful  scientific  career.  The  gift  was 
important,  not  only  on  account  of  its  intrinsic  value,  but  also  as  establishing  a  pre- 
cedent which  should  be  frequently  observed  by  others.  Besides  the  above,  there  is 
a  full  set  of  pneumatic  instruments,  of  superior  size  and  workmanship,  constructed 
expressly  for  the  Institution,  by  Mr.  Chamberlain,  of  Boston;  a  set  of  ingenious 


THE   APPARATUS   ROOM. 


THE   SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION. 


25 


instruments  for  illustrating 
wave  motion ;  a  large  electri- 
cal machine;  Page's  Electro- 
Magnetic  instrument,  &c., 
There  is  also  in  this  room  a 
large  Fresnel  Lens,  such  as 
is  used  in  light-houses,  and 
various  instruments  for  the 
illustration  of  light,  heat, 
sound,  dia-magnetism,  etc. 

GERMAN    STEAM     ELEC- 
TRICAL MACHINE. 

The  Institution  has  just 
imported  from  Carlsruhe, 
Germany,  a  HYDRO-ELEC- 
TRIC machine  which  was 
constructed  byC.  Eisenlohr 
expressly  to  order.  The 
effects  which  can  be  pro- 
duced by  this  machine,  are 
wonderful. 

It  consists  principally  of 
a  tubular  steam  boiler  rest- 
ing upon  glass  columns,  to 
secure  insulation.  The 
boiler  is  to  be  about  two- 
thirds  filled  with  the  purest 
water,  which  is  then  heated, 
and  the  pressure  of  steam 
required  is  equal  to  six  at- 
mospheres. The  steam  at 
this  high  pressure  is  allowed 
to  escape  through  very  small 
openings.  The  electricity  is 
thus  produced  by  the  friction 
of  the  particles  of  water 
against  the  inner  surface  of  the  orifices  of  the  jet  pieces,  through  which  the  steam 
issues.  The  least  quantity  of  oil  will  destroy  the  friction,  and  prevent  the  devel- 
opment of  electricity.  This  machine  gives  a  constant  succession  of  sparks,  and 
charges  a  battery  of  sixteen  large  jars  in  thirty  seconds. 

HARE'S  ELECTRICAL  MACHINE. 
In  the  apparatus-room,  the  most  prominent  object  is  a  large  electrical  machine 


GERMAN   STEAM   ELECTRICAL   MACHINE. 


26  THE   SMITHSONIAN   INSTITUTION. 

on  an  elevated  platform.     This  instrument  was  constructed  by  Dr.  Robert  Hare, 
of  Philadelphia. 


HAEE'S  ELECTRICAL  MACHINE. 


THE   SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION. 


27 


THE   PICTURE   GALLERY. 


Hie  &iiieHj  of 


Besides  a  library,  a  museum,  lectures,  etc.,  among  the  earliest  plans  was 
the  formation  of  a  Gallery  of  Art,  and,  in  accordance  with  this,  a  large  room 
was  devoted  to  this  purpose.  It  was  also  determined  that  for  .the  purpose  of 
encouraging  art,  artists  might  exhibit  their  pictures  here  free  of  expense. 
The  feature  of  this  gallery  is  the  very  interesting  series  of  portraits,  mostly 
full  size,  of  over  one  hundred-  and  fifty  North  American  Indians,  with  sketches 
of  scenery,  deposited  by  the  artist  who  painted  them,  Mr.  J.  M.  Stanley.  These 
portraits  were  all  taken  from  life,  and  are  accurate  representations  of  the 
peculiar  features  of  prominent  individuals  of  forty-three  different  tribes,  in- 
habiting the  Southwestern  prairies,  New  Mexico,  California,  and  Oregon.  The 
faithfulness  of  the  likenesses  has  been  tested  by  a  number  of  intelligent 
persons  who  have  visited  the  gallery,  and  have  immediately  recognized  among 
the  portraits  those  of  the  individuals  with  whom  they  have  been  personally 
acquainted.  The  artist  expended  in  the  work  of  obtaining  these  pictures  ten 
years  of  his  life,  and  perseveringly  devoted  himself  to  the  task  in  the  face  of  diffi- 
culties and  dangers  which  enthusiasm  in  the  pursuit  could  alone  enable  him  to 
encounter. 

The  catalogue  of  the  pictures  will  be  found  in  the  appendix. 

In  this  room  is  also  deposited  a  marble  statue,  a  copy  of  the  celebrated  work 
of  art  in  Rome,  the  "  DYING  GLADIATOR."  It  was  executed  by  an  English  sculp- 
tor, Jno.  Gott. 


On  the  grounds  near  the  Institution  is  a  small  building  resembling  a  coftage. 
which  is  the  above  establishment.  It  principally  consists,  to  secure  an  equable 
temperature,  of  an  under-ground  room,  inclosed  within  two  walls,  between  which 


28  THE   SMITHSONIAN   INSTITUTION. 

a  current  of  air  is  allowed  to  pass,  in  order  to  prevent  dampness.  It  has  been 
supplied  with  a  set  of  apparatus  for  determining  the  continued  variations  in  di- 
rection and  intensity  of  terrestrial  magnetism.  By  a  very  ingenious  application 
of  the  photographic  process,  the  invention  of  Mr.  Brooks,  of  England,  the  instru- 
ments are  made  to  record,  on  a  sheet  of  sensitive  paper  moved  by  clock  work, 
their  own  motions.  First,  to  determine  the  variations  of  direction  of  the  horizontal 
magnet ;  a  steel  bar,  strongly  magnetized,  is  suspended  by  several  fibers  of  un- 
twisted silk,  so  as  to  have  perfect  freedom  of  motion  in  the  horizontal  plane,  and 
from  a  gas-light,  kept  perpetually  burning,  a  single  ray  of  light  is  thrown  upon 
the  concave  mirror  permanently  attached  to  the  magnetic  bar,  and  consequently 
oartaking  of  its  movements.  This  ray  of  light  is  reflected  and  brought  to  a  focus 
«.  fhe  surface  of  a  revolving  cylinder,  moved  by  clock  work,  on  which  the  photo- 
gru  .'C  paper  is  placed.  When  the  magnet  is  at  rest,  the  pencil  of  light  is  sta- 
tionary, and  consequently  traces  on  the  moving  paper  a  simple  straight  line ;  but 
vs'hen  the  magnet  is  disturbed  by  the  terrestrial  perturbations,  its  oscillations  are 
recorded  by  the  motion  of  the  pencil  of  light  in  a  curved  or  zig-zag  line. 

'JL  -egister  the  intensity  or  strength  of  the  magnetic  force,  another  bar  magnet 
is  suspended  by  two  parallel  silk  threads,  about  an  inch  apart,  descending  from 
two  hooks  fastened  to  the  under  side  of  a  plate  attached  to  the  ceiling,  or  some 
other  support.  The  plate  is  then  made  to  revolve  through  an  arc  of  a  circle,  until, 
by  the  force  of  torsion,  the  magnet  is  deflected  from  a  north  and  south  to  an  east 
and  west  direction.  It  is  thus  kept  yi  a  state  of  equilibrium  between  the  force  of 
^rsion  of  the  threads,  tending  to  turn  its  north  end  around  still  further  to  the 
south ;  and  the  magnetism  of  the  earth,  on  the  other  hand,  tending  to  bring  it 
back  to  its  north  and  south  direction.  If  in  this  position  the  magnetism  of  the 
earth  becomes  stronger,  it  will  prevail,  and  the  north  end  of  the  needle  will  turn 
ard  the  north.  If  the  magnetism  of  the  earth  diminishes  in  intensity,  the 
f  torsion  will  prevail,  and  the  same  end  will  move  toward  the  south.  These 
motiou>.  as  in  the  case  of  the  other  magnet,  are  recorded  by  a  beam  of  light  on 
the  paper  surface  of  the  revolving  cylinder.  But,  besides  the  change  of  direction 
of  the  horizontal  needle,  a  magnet,  so  supported  as  to  be  free  to  take  any  position, 
is  latitude  will  arrange  itself -with  its  end  dipping  toward  the  horizon.  The 
^mouu^  ol  rhis  dip,  or  variation,  varies  also  in  different  places,  and  at  different 
times  ;  and  to  record  these  changes  a  bar  is  supported  in  the  direction  of  the  mag- 
net north  and  south,  on  two  knife  edges,  like  the  beam  of  a  balance.  Any  change 
which  takes  place  in  the  position  of  a  magnet  thus  arranged  is  recorded  by  a 
mirror  attached  to  the  prolongation  of  the  axes  on  which  the  bar  turns. 

It  is  proposed  to  keep  these  instruments  constantly  in  operation,  for  the  purpose 
of  comparing  results  with  observations  of  a  similar  character  in  different  parts 
of  the  work1  and  also  for  the  purpo?  i  furnishing  a  standard  to  .  hich  the  ob- 
servations ade  at  various  points  }  ;o  Coast  Survey,  and  the  differ,  it  scientific 
.  which  are  now  in  -  .ross  in  the  western  portions  of  th  United 
-iy  be  referred,  and  v  a  which  they  may  be  compared. 


THE   SMITHSONIAN   INSTITUTION.  29 

On  account  of  the  delicate  and  peculiar  nature  of  the  apparatus  employed,  the 
Magnetic  Observatory  is  not  accessible  to  the  public. 

Observations  are  made  at  7  A.  M.,  2  and  9  P.  M.  every  day,  of  the  barometer, 
thermometer,  psychrometer,  the  direction  of  the  wind,  clouds,  amount  of  rain,  etc. 
These  observations  are  carefully  computed,  together  with  those  received  from  the 
Smithsonian  corps  of  observers  in  every  part  of  the  country ;  and  the  material 
is  thus  accumulating  for  a  valuable  work  on  the  meteorology  of  the  United  States. 
Blanks,  instructions,  and  tables  are  furnished  gratuitously  to  persons  who  will 
make  observations.  Instruments  are  supplied  when  requested,  but  at  the  expense 
of  the  parties  ordering — the  income  of  the  Institution  being,  as  yet,  insufficient 
to  meet  such  and  other  like  desirable  outlays. 

THE  GREAT  BAROMETER. 

The  instrument  noticed  in  the  hall,  near  the  entrance,  is  a  Sulphuric  Acid  Bar- 
ometer, constructed  by  James  Green,  173  Grand  st.,  N.  Y.,  expressly  for  the  In- 
stitution. 

The  glass  tube  is  240  inches  long,  and  f  ths  of  an  inch  in  diameter,  and  is  enclosed 
in  a  cylindrical  brass  case  of  the  same  length,  and  2£  inches  diameter.  The  glass 
tube  is  secured  in  the  axis  of  the  brass  case  by  a  number  of  cork  collars,  placed 
at  intervals,  which  while  they  prevent  all  lateral  displacement  of  the  tube,  enable 
it  to  be  moved  upwards  and  downwards  for  the  adjustment  of  the  zero-point. 

The  reservoir  consists  of  a  cylindrical  glass  bottle  of  four  inches  in  diameter, 
with  two  openings  at  the  top ;  one  in  the^  axis  to  admit  the  lower  end  of  the  long 
tube,  which  is  tapered  to  about  one-half  of  the  general  diameter,  the  other  to 
transmit  the  varying  pressure  of  the  atmosphere. 

The  scale  for  reading  the  elevation  is  divided  into  inches  and  tenths,  and  by 
means  of  a  vernier,  moved  by  a  rack  and  pinion,  the  variations  can  be  measured 
to  a  hundredth  of  an  inch,  and  estimated  to  a  still  smaller  division. 

The  drying  apparatus,  placed  between  the  external  air  and  the  interior  of  the 
reservoir,  consists  of  a  tubulated  bottle  with  two  openings,  containing  chloride  of 
calcium,  and  connected  with  the  reservoir  by  an  india-rubber  tube,  by  which  ar- 
rangement the  air  is  deprived  of  its  moisture. 

To  ascertain  the  temperature  of  the  column  of  the  liquid,  two  thermometers  are 
attached,  one  at  the  top  and  the  other  near  the  bottom. 

The  advantages  of  the  use  of  sulphuric  acid  are 

1st.  That  it  gives  off  no  appreciable  vapor  at  any  atmospheric  temperature; 
and  2nd.  That  it  does  not  absorb  or  transmit  air. 

A  full  account  of  this  instrument  is  given  in  the  proceedings  of  the  American 
Association,  for  the  advancement  of  science,  published  by  Jos.  Lovering,  Cam- 
bridge, Mass.,  1857,  p.  135. 

On  the  top  of  the  high  tower  of  the  Smithsonian  building,  and  also  on  the 
grounds  connected  with  it,  may  be  seen  a  number  of  RAIN  GAGES. 

Several  forms  of  this  instrument  have  been  used,  but  the  one  which  has  been 
found  the  best,  under  all  circumstances,  is  shown  in  the  annexed  fi  gure. 


30 


THE   SMITHSONIAN   INSTITUTION. 


It  consists  of— 

1.  A  large  brass  cylinder  a,  b,  c,  c?,  two 
inches  in  diameter,  to  catch  the  rain. 

2.  A  smaller  brass  cylinder   e,  fy   for 
receiving   the   water,    and    reducing    the 
diameter  of  the  column,  to  allow  a  greater 
accuracy  in  measuring  the  height. 

3.  A  whalebone  scale  s,   s,  divided  by 
experiment,  so  as  to    indicate  tenths  and 
hundredths  of  an  inch  of  rain. 

4.  A  wooden   cylinder  w,  wy   to  be  in- 
serted permanently  in  the  ground  for   the 
protection  and  ready  adjustment  of  the  in- 
strument. 

To    facilitate    the     transportation,     the 
larger  cylinder  is   attached  to  the  smaller 
by  a  screw-joint  at  e. 
This  instrument  is  made  by   James  Green,   New  York,   and  is  sold  for  $3  00. 
Several  hundred  of  these  gages  have  been  distributed  by  the  Institution  and  U. 
S.  Patent  Office. 

On  one  of  the  towers  may  be  seen  an  ANEMOMETER,  or  self-registering  in- 
strument, for  denoting  the  direction  and  velocity  of  the  wind.  This  apparatus 
was  constructed  for  the  Institution,  by  Dr.  Charles  Smallwood,  of  Montreal,  pre- 
cisely like  one  he  has  in  use  at  his  observatory  in  that  city. 


The  system  of  international  exchange,  planned  and  perfected  by  the  Smith- 
sonian Institution,  has  become  very  important  in  its  results.  In  fact,  it  is  now 
the  principal  medium  of  communication  between  the  scientific  and  literary  associa- 
tions of  the  Old  and  New  World.  Lately  the  number  of  societies  availing  them- 
selves of  these  facilities  has  largely  increased — including,  among  others,  nearly 
all  the  State  Agricultural  Societies  of  America,  publishing  transactions.  This 
result  has  been  produced  by  circulars  which  the  Institution  issued,  to  make 
this  system  more  generally  known  Copious  returns  are  being  constantly  re- 
ceived from  the  societies  abroad ;  and  an  intercourse  is  thus  established  which 
cannot  fail  to  produce  valuable  results,  both  in  an  intellectual  and  moral  point 
of  view.  The  packages  from  the  Smithsonian  are  admitted  duty  free  to  all 
parts  of  the  Continent  of  Europe — a  certified  invoice  of  contents  by  the  Sec- 
retary being  all  that  is  required  to  pass  them  through  the  Custom  Houses.  On 
the  other  hand,  all  packages  addressed  to  the  Institution  arriving  at  the  ports 
of  the  United  States,  are  admitted,  without  detention,  duty  free.  Thus  it  will  be 
observed  that  the  system  of  exchange  is  the  most  extensive  and  efficient  that  has 
ever  been  established  in  any  country.  Its  effects  on  our  national  character  and  rep- 


THE   SMITHSONIAN   INSTITUTION.  31 

«. 

utation  can  scarcely  be  too  highly  estimated ;  for  its  influence,  though  silent,  is 
felt  in  every  part  of  the  globe  where  science  and  literature  are  cultivated. 

Several  of  the  ocean  steam  navigation  and  a  portion  of  our  inland  forwarding 
and  transportation  companies,  in  acknowledgment  for  the  benefits  they  have  re- 
ceived, as  also  to  mark  their  high  appreciation  of  the  efforts  of  the  Institution 
to  promote  knowledge,  have  carried  the  freight  to  and  from  Washington  free  of 
charge.  We  are  pleased  to  record  this  fact,  so  honorable  to  the  parties  interested, 
and  trust  all  their  co-laborers  will  speedily  follow  their  excellent  example. 


In  the  first  report  presented  by  Professor  Henry  to  the  Regents,  he  urged  as  a 
leading  feature  of  the  operations  of  the  Institution,  the  publication  of  memoirs  and 
periodical  reports,  the  result  of  the  labors  of  those  engaged  in  original  research. 
The  advantages  of  this  plan  were  stated  as  follows : 

"  In  the  first  place  it  will  serve  to  render  the  name  of  the  founder  favorably 
known  wherever  literature  and  science  are  cultivated,  and  keep  it  in  continual  re- 
membrance with  each  succeeding  volume,  as  long  as  knowledge  is  valued.  A 
single  new  truth,  first  given  to  the  world  through  these  volumes  will  forever 
stamp  their  character  as  a  work  of  reference.  The  contributions  will  thus  form 
the  most  befitting  monument  to  perpetuate  the  name  of  one  whose  life  was  de- 
voted to  the  increase  of  knowledge,  and  whose  ruling  passion,  strong  in  death, 
prompted  the  whole  bequest  intended  to  facilitate  the  labors  of  others  in  the  same , 
pursuit 


THE   CHEMICAL  LABORATORY. 


32  THE    SMITHSONIAN   INSTITUTION. 

"  Again,  the  publication  of  a  series  of  volumes  of  original  memoirs  will  afford 
to  the  Institution  the  most  ready  means  of  entering  into  friendly  relations  and 
correspondence  with  all  learned  societies  in  the  world,  and  of  enriching  its  library 
with  their  current  transactions  and  proceedings.  But  perhaps  the  most  important 
effect  of  the  plan  will  be  that  of  giving  to  the  world  many  valuable  memoirs, 
which,  on  account  of  the  expense  of  the  illustrations,  could  not  be  otherwise  pub- 
lished. Every  one  who  adds  new  and  important  truths  to  the  existing  stock  of 
knowledge,  must  be  of  necessity,  to  a  certain  degree,  in  advance  of  his  age.  Hence 
the  number  of  readers  and  purchasers  of  a  work,  is  often  in  the  inverse  ratio  of 
its  intrinsic  value,  and  consequently  authors  of  the  highest  rank  of  merit,  are 
frequently  deterred  from  giving  £heir  productions  to  the  world  on  account  of  the 
pecuniary  loss  to  which  the  publication  would  subject  them.  When  our  distin- 
guished countrymen,  Bowditch,  contemplated  publishing  his  commentaries  on  La 
Place,  he  assembled  his  family  and  informed  them  that  the  execution  of  his  design 
would  sacrifice  one-third  of  his  fortune,  and  it  was  proper  that  his  heirs  should  be 
consulted  on  a  matter  which  so  nearly  concerned  them.  The  answer  was  worthy 
the  children  of  such  a  father.  '  We  value/  said  they,  t  your  reputation  more 
than  your  money.'  Fortunately  in  this  instance  the  means  of  making  such  a  sac- 
rifice existed ;  otherwise  one  of  the  proudest  monuments  of  American  science  could 
not  have  been  given  to  the  world.  In  a  majority  of  cases,  however,  those  who  are 
most  capable  of  extending  human  knowledge  are  least  able  to  incur  the  expense  of 
its  publication.  Wilson,  the  American  ornithologist,  states  in  a  letter  to  Michaux, 
that  he  has  sacrificed  everything  to  publish  his  work.  1 1  have  issued/  says  he, 
*  six  volumes,  and  am  now  engaged  on  the  seventh ;  but  as  yet  I  have  not  received 
a  tingle  cent  of  the  proceeds/  The  following  remarks,  which  are  directly  to  this 
point,  occur  in  an  address  on  the  subject  of  natural  history,  by  one  of  the  most 
active  cultivators  of  this  branch  of  knowledge  :  (  Few  are  acquainted  with  the  fact 
that  from  the  small  number  of  scientific  works  sold,  and  the  great  expense  of  the 
plates,  our  naturalists  not  only  are  not  paid  for  their  labors,  but  suffer  pecuniary 
loss  from  their  publications.  Several  works  on  the  different  branches  of  zoology, 
now  in  the  course  of  publication,  will  leave  their  authors  losers  by  an  aggregate 
of  $15,000.  I  do  not  include  in  this  estimate  works  already  finished — one,  for 
instance,  the  best  contribution  to  the  natural  history  of  man,  extant,  the  publica- 
tion of  which  will  occasion  its  accomplished  author  a  loss  of  several  thousand  dol- 
lars. A  naturalist  is  extremely  fortunate  if  he  can  dispose  of  two  hundred  copies 
of  an  illustrated  work,  and  the  number  of  copies  printed  rarely  exceeds  two  hun- 
dred and  fifty." 

The  Smithsonian  publications  are  presented  to  learned  societies,  public  libraries, 
and  other  institutions  in  all  parts  of  the  world,  and  can  be  purchased  by  indi- 
viduals, at  about  the  cost  of  paper,  printing,  and  binding.  If  circumstances 
admitted,  the  Regents  would  give  a  much  more  extended  circulation  to  their 
publications ;  but  their  limited  means  prevent  it.  The  fact  must  not  be  lost  sight 
of  that  this  is  only  one  of  their  many  operations.  The  cost  of  the  publication  by 
government  of  the  Patent  Office  Report  is  more  than  quadruple  the  whole  in- 


THE    SMITHSONIAN    INSTITUTION.  3S 

come  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution.  Each  memoir  is  printed  separately,  and 
with  a  separate  title  and  paging,  so  that  it  can  be  distributed  to  persons  most  in- 
terested in  its  perusal  as  soon  as  it  comes  from  the  press,  without  waiting  for  the 
completion  of  the  volume  to  which  it  belongs.  In  this  way  the  author  is  enabled 
to  present  a  full  account  of  his  discoveries  to  the  world,  with  the  least  possible 
delay ;  while,  by  the  rules  of  the  Institution,  he  is  allowed  to  publish  an  abstract 
of  his  paper  in  the  proceedings  of  the  American  Association  for  the  Advancement 
of  Science,  or  in  those  of  any  properly  organized  society.  The  number  of  copies 
of  the  Smithsonian  publications  distributed  is  greater  than  that  of  the  transactions 
of  any  scientific  or  literary  society ;  and,  therefore,  the  Institution  offers  the  best 
medium  to  be  found  for  diffusing  a  knowledge  of  scientific  discoveries.  Every 
memoir  published  is  issued  with  the  stamp  of  approval  of  a  commission  of  compe- 
tent judges ;  and,  in  order  to  secure  a  cautious  and  candid  opinion,  the  name  of 
the  author,  and  those  of  the  examiners  are  not  made  known  to  each  other  unless 
a  favorable  report  is  given ;  and  in  this  case,  the  names  of  the  commission  are 
printed,  as  vouchers  for  the  character  of  the  memoir,  on  the  reverse  of  the  title 
page.  This  plan  secures  an  untrammeled  expression  of  opinion,  while  it  induces 
caution  on  account  of  the  responsibility  which  it  involves. 

RULES  OF  DISTRIBUTION. 

The  following  rules  have  been  adopted  for  the  distribution  of  the  quarto  vol- 
umes of  the  Smithsonian  Institution  : 

1.  They  are  to  be  presented  to  all  learned  societies  which  publish  transactions, 
and  give  copies  of  these  in  exchange  to  the  Institution. 

2.  To  all  foreign  libraries  of  the  first  class,  provided  they  give  in  exchange  their 
catalogues  or  other  publications,  or  an  equivalent  in  their  duplicate  volumes. 

3.  To  all  the  colleges  in  actual  operation  in  this  country,  provided  they  furnish 
in  return,  meteorological  observations,  catalogues  of  their  libraries  and  their  stu- 
dents, and  all  other  publications  issued  by  them  relative  to  their  organization  and 
history. 

4.  To  all  States  and  Territories,  provided  there  be  given,  in  return,  copies  of 
all  documents  published  under  their  authority. 

5.  To  all  incorporated  public  libraries  in  this  country,  not  included  in  any  of 
the  foregoing  classes,  containing  more  than  7000  volumes ;  and  to  smaller  libra- 
ries, where  a  whole  State  or  large  district  would  be  otherwise  unsupplied. 

6.  Separate  memoirs  are  sometimes  presented  to  minor  institutions. 


There  is  one  part  of  the  Smithsonian  operations  that  attracts  no  public  atten- 
tion, though  it  is  producing,  it  is  believed,  important  results  in  the  way  of  diffusing 
knowledge,  and  is  attended,  perhaps,  with  more  labor  than  any  other  part.  This 
is  the  scientific  correspondence  of  the  Institution.  Scarcely  a  day  passes  in  which 
communications  are  not  received  from  persons  in  different  parts  of  the  country, 
containing  accounts  of  discoveries,  which  are  referred  to  the  Institution,  or  asking 
8 


34  THE   SMITHSONIAN   INSTITUTION. 

questions  relative  to  some  branch  of  knowledge.  The  rule  was  early  adopted  to 
give  respectful  attention  to  every  letter  received,  and  this  has  been  faithfully  ad- 
hered to  from  the  beginning  up  to  the  present  time. 

These  communications  relate  to  a  great  variety  of  subjects.  Any  topic  which 
strongly  excites  the  attention  of  the  public  at  a  given  time,  such  as  the  announce- 
ment in  the  papers  of  a  wonderful  discovery,  or  an  important  invention  which 
promises  to  introduce  extensive  changes  in  the  useful  arts,  is  sure  to  bring  upon 
the  Institution  an  increase  of  labor  in  the  way  of  correspondence.  The  ordinary 
inquiries  addressed  to  the  Secretary  relate  to  the  principles  of  mechanics,  electri- 
city, magnetism,  meteorology,  names  of  specimens  of  plants,  minerals,  insects,  and, 
in  short,  to  all  objects  or  phenomena  of  a  remarkable  or  unusual  character. 

Requests  are  frequently  made  for  lists  of  apparatus,  for  information  as  to  the 
best  books  for  the  study  of  special  subjects,  hints  for  the  organization  of  local 
societies,  &c.  Applications  are  also  made  for  information  by  persons  abroad  rela- 
tive to  particular  subjects  respecting  this  country.  When  an  immediate  reply 
cannot  be  given  to  a  question,  the  subject  is  referred,  by  letter,  to  some  one  of  the 
Smithsonian  co-laborers,  and  the  answer  is  transmitted  to  the  inquirer,  either 
under  the  name  of  the  person  who  gives  the  information  or  under  that  of  the  In- 
stitution, according  to  the  circumstances  of  the  case.  In  relation  to  this  subject 
we  quote  from  a  recent  report  of  Prof.  Henry. 

"  There  is  no  country  on  the  face  of  the  earth  in  which  knowledge  is  so  gener- 
ally diffused  as  in  the  United  States ;  none  in  which  there  is  more  activity  of 
mind  or  freedom  of  thought  and  discussion,  and  in  which  there  is  less  regard  to 
what  should  be  considered  as  settled  and  well-established  principles.  It  will  not, 
therefore,  be  surprising  that  the  Institution  should  be  called  upon  to  answer  a 
great  number  of  communications  intended  to  subvert  the  present  system  of  science, 
and  to  establish  new  and  visionary  conceptions  in  its  stead,  and  that  numerous 
letters  should  be  received  pertaining  to  such  objects  as  the  quadrature  of  the 
circle,  the  trisection  of  the  angle,  the  invention  of  self-moving  machines,  the 
creation  of  power,  the  overthrow  of  the  Newtonian  system  of  gravitation,  and  the 
establishment  of  new  systems  of  the  universe. 

"  Many  of  these  communications  are  of  such  a  character  that,  at  first  sight,  it 
might  seem  best  to  treat  them  with  silent  neglect ;  but  the  rule  has  been  adopted 
to  state  candidly  and  respectfully  the  objections  to  such  propositions,  and  to  en- 
deavor to  convince  their  authors  that  their  ground  is  untenable. 

"Though  this  course  is  in  many  cases  attended  with  no  beneficial  results,  still 
it  is  the  only  one  which  can  be  adopted  with  any  hope  of  even  partial'  good.  In 
answering  those  who  persist  in  declaring  that  the  present  received  laws  of  mechan- 
ical action  are  erroneous,  and  that  they  have  discovered  new  and  more  correct 
generalizations,  they  are  requested  to  prove  the  truth  of  their  assertions  by  pre- 
dicting new  and  important  phenomena,  the  existence  of  which  may  be  immedi- 
ately tested  either  by  experiment  or  observation.  It  is  not  enough  that  the  new 
system  explains  facts  which  we  know,  for  this  would  be  merely  exhibiting  old 
knowledge  under  a  new  form,  but  it  should  point  out  in  the  way  of  deduction 


THE   SMITHSONIAN   INSTITUTION.  35 

new  facts  which  have  hitherto  escaped  the  eye  of  the  observer  or  the  scrutiny  of 
the  experimenter. 

"  It  is  to  be  regretted  that  so  many  minds  of  power  and  originality  in  our 
country  should,  from  defective  scientific  training,  be  suffered  to  diverge  so  widely 
from  th$  narrow  path  which  alone  leads  to  real  advance  in  positive  knowledge. 
Providence,  however,  seems  in  some  measure  to  vindicate  the  equality  of  its  dis- 
tributions, by  assigning  to  such,  a  double  measure  of  hope  and  self-esteem,  which 
serves  them  instead  of  success  and  reputation." 

"The  faithful  attention  to  the  correspondence  of  the  Institution,  imposes  a  serious 
labor  on  the  Secretary  and  his  assistants.  Beside  the  correspondence  above  men- 
tioned, there  is  that  which  relates  to  the  reception  and  publication  of  the  me- 
moirs ',  to  the  lectures ;  to  particular  branches  of  research ;  to  the  almost  innu- 
merable inquiries  as  to  the  character  of  the  Institution ;  to  applications  for  its 
publications ;  to  the  printing,  engraving,  binding,  transportation,  payment  of  ac- 
counts ;  and  to  the  exchanges  of  the  "  Contributions  to  Knowledge/7 

"  All  the  letters  received  are  bound  in  volumes,  and  a  copy  of  every  answer  is 
carefully  preserved,  the  whole  thus  forming  a  permanent  record  of  all  the  trans- 
actions of  the  Institution,  as  well  as  a  history  of  the  topics  of  scientific  interest 
which  have  particularly  occupied  the  public  mind  during  any  given  period.  The 
exposition  of  this  labor,  which  has  been  increasing  from  year  to  year,  will  be  a 
sufficient  answer  to  the  question  which  is  sometimes  asked,  as  to  what  the  ofiicers 
of  the  Institution  find  to  do/' 


With  reference  to  this  part  of  the  operations  of  the  Institution,  the  Secretary 
has  presented  the  following  views  in  his  reports  : 

"  Public  lectures  have  become  one  of  the  characteristics  of  the  day,  and  next  to 
the  press  perhaps  tend,  more  than  any  other  means  of  diffusing  knowledge,  to 
influence  the  public  mind.  The  liberal  price  paid  by  the  Lowell  Institute,  and 
some  of  the  associations  in  our  large  cities,  induces  men  of  reputation  to  devote 
themselves  to  the  preparation  of  popular  lectures.  In  some  parts  of  the  country 
a  number  of  adjacent  cities  or  villages  enter  into  an  arrangement  by  which  the 
same  lecture  may  be  repeated,  in  succession,  at  each  place ;  and  in  this  way  the 
amount  paid  becomes  sufficient  to  call  forth  the  best  talent.  Popular  lectures  ap- 
pear better  adapted  to  present  literary  and  historical  facts,  and  to  give  informa- 
tion relative  to  subjects  of  art  and  of  morals,  than  to  impart  a  knowledge  of  scien- 
tific principles.  These  require  more  attention  and  continuous  thought  than  can 
be  generally  expected  from  a  promiscuous  audience.  Hence  the  scientific  lecturer 
frequently  aims  at  a  brilliant  display  of  experiments,  rather  than  to  impress  the 
mind  with  general  principles. 

"  Local  lectures  are  too  limited  in  their  influence  to  meet  a  proper  interpretation 
of  the  will  of  Smithson ;  yet  they  were  ordered  by  Congress-,  and  are  calculated 
to  do  more  good  in  this  city  than  in  any  other  part  of  the  Union. 


THE    SMITHSONIAN    INSTITUTION. 


"  In  selecting  lecturers,  the  consideration  of  mere  popular  effect  has  not  been  re 
garded.  The  persons  chosen  have  been  such  as  to  give  weight  to  the  lecture,  and 
to  reflect  credit  on  the  Institution.  The  object  has  been  to  give  instruction  rather 
than  amusement — to  improve  the  public  taste  rather  than  to  elicit  popular  ap- 
plause. The  Institution,  to  be  respected,  must  maintain  a  dignified  character, 
and  seek  rather  to  direct  public  opinion  than  to  obtain  popularity  by  an  opposite 
course. 

"  The  moral  effect  which  the  lectures  have  on  the  city  of  Washington  cannot  be 
otherwise  than  beneficial.  When  the  weather  is  favorable,  the  room  is  every 
evening  crowded  before  the  hour  of  commencement  with  an  intelligent  audience. 
The  lecturers  have  generally  been  persons  from  a  distance,  who  have  expressed 
surprise  to  find  such  a  large  and  respectful  attendance  in  a  city  which  is  com- 
monly thought  to  be  exclusively  devoted  to  politics  and  amusement.  The  plan  of 
inviting  gentlemen  of  reputation  and  influence  from  a  distance,  renders  the  Smith- 
sonian operations  familiar  to  those  best  qualified  to  appreciate  their  value,  and 
best  able  to  give  a  correct  account  of  the  character  of  the  Institution  in  their  own 
districts  of  country,  as  well  as  to  vindicate  its  claims  to  the  confidence  and 
friendly  regard  of  the  public.  The  results  of  this  course,  and  the  distribution  of 
the  volumes  of  Contributions  to  colleges  and  public  libraries,  it  is  hoped,  will  so 
establish  the  Institution  in  the  good  opinion  of  the  intelligent  and  influential  part 
of  the  community,  that  it  may  bid  defiance  to  the  assaults  of  those  who  are  ignorant 
of  its  true  character,  or  are  disappointed  in  not  sharing  its  honors  without  the 
talents  or  the  industry  to  win  them." 


In  the  report  of  the  Committee  on  Or- 
ganization, of  the  first  Board  of  Regents, 
January  25,  1847,  the  nature  of  the 
duties  of  the  Secretary  are  set  forth,  and 
the  importance  of  his  position  duly  con- 
sidered. It  is  stated  that  inasmuch  as 
the  Chancellor  being  a  Regent,  can  re- 
ceive no  salary  for  his  services,  it  results 
almost  necessarily  that  the  Secretary 
should  become  its  chief  executive  officer. 
The  charter  seems  to  have  intended 
that  he  should  occupy  a  very  responsi- 
ble position ;  granting  as  it  does  to  the 
Secretary,  in  conjunction  with  the  Chan- 
cellor, the  power  to  determine  the  ne- 
cessity and  the  amount  of  appropriations 
made  for  the  purposes  of  the  Institution. 
The  Committee  stated  that  in  their  opinion  "upon  the  choice  of  this  single 


PROFESSOR  HENRY. 


THE   SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION.  37 

officer,  more  probably  than  on  any  one  other  act  of  the  Board,  will  depend  the 
future  good  name,  and  success,  and  usefulness  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution." 

One  of  the  first  resolutions  adopted  by  the  Board  of  Regents  was  the  following : 

"Resolved,  That  it  is  essential  for  the  advancement  of  the  proper  interests  of 
the  trust,  that  the  Secretary  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution  be  a  man  possessing 
weight  of  character,  and  a  high  grade  of  talent ;  and  that  it  is  further  desirable 
that  he  possess  eminent  scientific  and  general  attainments ;  that  he  be  a  man 
capable  of  advancing  science  and  promoting  letters  by  original  research  and  effort, 
well  qualified  to  act  as  a  respected  channel  of  communication  between  the  Insti- 
tution and  scientific  and  literary  individuals  and  societies  in  this  and  foreign 
countries :  and,  in  a  word,  a  man  worthy  to  represent,  before  the  world  of  science 
and  of  letters,  the  Institution  over  which  this  Board  presides." 

It  was  with  these  feelings  and  opinions  that  the  Board  of  Regents  selected 
Professor  JOSEPH  HENRY,  of  the  College  of  New  Jersey,  Princeton,  to  fill  the 
office  of  Secretary.  He  accepted  the  appointment,  entered  at  once  upon  his  labo- 
rious and  responsible  duties,  and  has  since  given  to  them  all  his  time  and 
thoughts. 

The  views  he  held  were  not  at  first  generally  understood,  but  they  are  now 
appreciated  and  concurred  in  by  those  who  have  examined  the  subject,  and  who 
believe  that  Smithson  did  not  intend  to  limit  the  influence  of  his  bequest  to  one 
locality  or  nation,  but  designed,  as  is  well  expressed  in  the  words  of  John  Quincy 
Adams,  "  to  spread  the  benefits  to  be  derived  from  the  Institution  not  only  over 
the  whole  surface  of  this  Union  j  but  throughout  the  CIVILIZED  WORLD." 


The  grounds  around  the  building  were  laid  out  by  the  distinguished  horticul- 
turist and  landscape  gardener,  Downing,  but  he  died  while  engaged  in  the  prose- 
cution of  his  plans. 

"We  are  indebted  to  the  editor  of  the  "  Rural  New  Yorker,"  for  the  following 
remarks  relative  to  this  subject,  and  for  the  representation  of  the  marble  monu- 
ment recently  erected  to  his  memory  : 

When  the  sad  tidings  of  the  death  of  Andrew  Jackson  Downing  was  announced, 
many  hearts  were  stricken,  and  many  countenances  saddened.  Every  lover  of  rural 
life  and  rural  taste,  felt  that  a  friend,  a  brother,  and  a  leader  had  fallen.  The  homes 
of  hundreds,  from  the  foundation  stone  to  the  gable  point,  spoke  of  the  departed — 
even  the  trees  and  flowers  of  the  garden,  told  a  tale  of  sadness.  The  furniture  in 
our  parlors,  the  books  in  our  libraries,  spoke  too  plainly  to  our  wounded  hearts 
of  the  loved  and  lost.  Scarcely  a  city  or  village  in  our  country  but  presented 
some  monument  of  his  skill  and  taste,  something  to  remind  the  people  how  great 
and  irreparable  was  their  loss — cottages  whose  simple  yet  elegant  adornings  taught 
how  truly  taste  may  be  independent  of  wealth ;  windows  tempting  the  eye  from 
loveliness  within,  to  the  glorious  prospect  without ;  stately  trees  that  seemed  to 
guard  like  sentinels  the  sacred  precincts  of  home,  and  village  churches  whose  walls 


38 


THE    SMITHSONIAN   INSTITUTION. 


and  spires  spoke  of  religion  to  the  heart. 
It  was  at  once  proposed,  in  all  parts 
of  the  country,  by  Horticultural  and 
other  Societies,  that  some  suitable  monu- 
ment should  -be  erected  to  the  memory 
of  Mr.  Downing,  and  in  1852,  the 
American  Pomological  Society  ap- 
pointed a  committee  to  superintend  this 
work.  The  design  adopted  by  the  com- 
mittee was  furnished  by  Calvert  Vaux, 
of  Newburgh,  N.  Y.,  the  late  partner 
of  Mr.  Downing,  and  the  work  executed 
by  Robert  Launitz,  an  eminent  sculptor 
of  New  York.  The  monument  was 
erected  in  the  grounds  of  the  Smithson- 
ian Institution,  at  Washington,  and  it  is 
worthy  of  remark,  that  Mr.  Downing 
was  engaged  in  laying  out  and  beautify- 
ing these  grounds  at  the  time  of  his  death. 
The  committee  made  their  final  report 
at  the  Pomological  meeting  in  Sep- 
tember, 1856.  The  funds  were  supplied 
by  friends  of  Mr.  Downing,  in  Philadel- 
phia, Newburgh,  Boston,  Washington, 
Louisville,  Buffalo,  and  Rochester. 

The  principal  design  of  the  monument " 
consists  in  a  large  vase  resting  on  a  ped- 
estal, the   whole  executed  of  the  finest 
Italian  marble.     The  pattern  of  the  vase 
is  taken  from  an  antique  of  the  chastest 

school.     The  vase  is  four  feet  in  height,  DOWNING  MONUMENT. 

and  measures  three  feet  in  diameter  on  its  upper  rim.  The  body  is  ornamented 
with  rich  arabesque;  acanthus  leaves  surround  the  lower  part.  The  handles 
rest  on  heads  of  satyrs,  (the  tutelar  gods  of  groves  and  woods.)  The  pedestal, 
resting  on  a  carved  base,  and  being  surmounted  with  a  carved  cornice,  has  on  each 
side  deep  panels,  relieved  by  carved  mouldings.  Each  of  the  panels  contains 
an  inscription ;  that  upon  the  Northern  Front  reads  as  follows  : 

THIS  VASE 
Was  erected  by  his  Friends 

IN  MEMORY  OP 

ANDREW    JACKSON    DOWNING, 
Who  died  July  28,  1852,  aged  37  years. 


He  was  born,  and  lived, 
And  died  upon  the  Hudson  River. 


THE  SMITHSONIAN   INSTITUTION.  39 

His  life  was  devoted  to  the  improvement  of  the  national  taste 

in  rural  art, 
an  office  for  which  his  genius  and  the  natural  beauty  amidst 

which  he  lived  had  fully  endowed  him. 
His  success  was  as  great  as  his  genius,  and  for  the  death  of  few 

public  men, 

was  public  grief  ever  more  sincere. 
When  these  grounds  were  proposed,  he  was  at  once 

called  to  design  them ; 
but  before  they  were  completed  he  perished  in  the  wreck  of  the 

steamer  Henry  Clay. 

His  mind  was  singularly  just,  penetrating,  and  original. 
His  manners  were  calm,  reserved,  and  courteous. 

His  personal  memory 
belongs  to  the  friends  who  loved  him ; 
his  fame  to  the  country  which  honored  and  laments  him. 

Inscription  upon  the  Southern  Front : 

"  The  taste  of  an  individual, 
as  well  as  that  of  a  nation,  will  be  in  direct  proportion  to  the 

profound  sensibility 
with  which  he  perceives  the  beautiful  in  natural  scenery." 

"  Open  wide,  therefore, 
the  doors  of  your  libraries  and  picture  galleries, 

all  ye  true  republicans ! 

Build  halls  where  knowledge  shall  be  freely  diffused  among  men, 
and  not  shut  up  within  the  narrow  walls  of 

narrower  institutions. 
Plant  spacious  parks  in  your  cities, 

and  unclose  their  gates  as  wide  as  the  gates  of  morning  to  the 
whole  people." 

[Downing 's  Rural  Essays. 

Upon  the  Eastern  Front  is  inscribed  : 

"  Weep  no  more, 

For  Lycidus  your  sorrow  is  not  dead, 
Sunk  though  he  be  beneath  the  wat'ry  floor, 
So  sinks  the  day-star  in  the  ocean  bed, 
And"  yet  anon  repairs  his  drooping  head, 
And  tricks  his  beams,  and  with  new  spangled  ore 
Flames  in  the  forehead  of  the  morning  sky  ; 
So  Lycidus  sunk  low,  but  mounted  high 
Through  the  dear  might  of  Him  that  walked  the  waves." 

Upon  the  Western  Front  is  this  Inscription : 

I  climb  the  hill  from  end  to  end, 

Of  all  the  landscape  underneath 

I  find  no  place  that  does  not  breathe 
Some  gracious  memory  of  my  friend. 


40  THE   SMITHSONIAN   INSTITUTION. 

'  Tis  held  that  sorrow  makes  us  -wise, 
Yet  how  much  wisdom  sleeps  with  thee, 
Which  not  alone  had  guided  me, 

But  served  the  seasons  that  may  rise  ; 

And  doubtless  unto  thee  is  given 

A  life  that  bears  immortal  fruit, 

In  such  great  offices  as  suit 
The  full  grown  energies  of  Heaven. 

And  love  will  last  as  pure  and  whole 

As  when  he  loved  me  here  in  time, 

And  at  the  spiritual  prime 
Re-waken  with  the  dawning  soul. 

On  the  Base  of  the  Pedestal  is  the  following  : 

THIS    MEMORIAL 
Was  erected  under  a  resolution  passed  at  Philadelphia, 

in  Sept.,  1852,  by  the 

AMERICAN    POMOLOGICAL    SOCIETY, 

of  which  Mr.  Downing  was  one  of  the 

original  founders. 

MARSHALL  P.  WILDER,  President. 

The  whole  monument  with  its  granite  plinth  is  nine  feet  four  inches  in  height, 
and  cost  $1,600. 


Joboeh 


From  the  top  of  the  highest  tower,  a  magnificent,  and  by  far  the  finest  view  of 
Washington  and  surrounding  country  is  presented  to  the  spectator.  The  city  ex- 
tends from  northwest  to  southeast  about  four  miles  and  a  half;  and  from  north- 
east to  southwest  about  two  miles  and  a  half.  Its  circumference  is  fourteen  miles. 
The  avenues,  streets,  and  open  spaces,  contain  3,604  acres,  and  the  public  reserva- 
tions 513  acres.  The  city  is  encompassed  by  a  fine  range  of  hills,  forming  a 
natural  amphitheatre  and  covered  in  part  with  trees  and  underwood. 

The  following  are  the  principal  objects  that  present  themselves  to  the  view : 

On  the  west  is  seen  the  Washington  Monument,  which  has  now  reached  a  height 
of  175  feet.  Further  on,  is  seen  the  National  Observatory,  which  is  two  miles 
from  the  Capitol.  Georgetown,  with  its  churches,  college,  &c.,  are  seen  in  the 
distance  to  the  northwest,  and  nearer  are  the  President's  House,  the  Treasury 
Department  with  its  colonnade,  on  the  right,  and  "  Winder's  building"  used  by 
the  Pension  Office  and  by  bureaus  of  the  War  and  Navy  Departments,  to  the  left. 

Columbia  College  may  be  seen  on  one  of  the  most  commanding  eminences  of 
the  hills  at  the  north  of  the  city,  and  a  little  to  the  east  the  marble  tower  of  the 
new  U.  S.  Military  Asylum  is  plainly  visible.  The  tall  and  beautiful  steeple  of 
the  5th  Baptist  Church,  and  also  the  spire  of  the  Catholic  Church,  will  be  ob- 
served in  the  north. 


THE    SMITHSONIAN   INSTITUTION. 


41 


The  observer  will  recognize  the  Patent  office  and  General  Post  office  to  the 
northeast. 

The  City  Hall  and  Unitarian  Church,  both  of  yellow  color,  and  Trinity  Epis- 
copal Church,  built  of  red  sandstone  similar  to  that  used  in  the  Smithsonian  edi- 
fice, are  at  the  northeast. 

Directly  east  is  the  Capitol  of  the  United  States,  its  magnificent  proportions  and 
commanding  position  constituting  it  the  most  prominent  as  it  is  the  most  inter- 
esting object  in  the  landscape. 

At  the  southeast  are  seen  the  ship  houses  and  tall  chimneys  of  the  Navy  Yard, 
and  more  towards  the  south  on  the  neck  of  land  at  the  junction  of  the  Anacostia 
or  East  branch  with  the  Potomac,  are  the  Arsenal  and  the  Penitentiary. 

The  Potomac  river  lies  along  the  south  of  the  city,  and  adds  greatly  to  the 
beauty  of  the  view-  Alexandria,  a  city  of  10,000  inhabitants,  can  be  seen  about 
six  miles  to  the  south. 

At  the  southwest  is  the  Long  Bridge  which  connects  Washington  with  Virginia, 
and  on  the  commanding  position,  elevated  more  than  200  feet  from  the  river  is 
Arlington,  the  residence  of  George  Washington  Parke  Custis,  Esq. 


THE  GATEWAY. 


CATALOGUE 

OF 


WITH   SKETCHES   OF   SCENERY,    ETC. 


PAINTED   BY  J.    M.    STANLEY. 

The  collection  embraced  in  this  Catalogue  comprises  accurate  portraits  painted 
from  life,  of  forty-three  different  tribes  of  Indians,  obtained  at  the  cost,  hazard, 
and  inconvenience  of  a  ten  years'  tour  through  the  South-western  Prairies,  New 
Mexico,  California,  and  Oregon.  The  descriptions  are  by  Mr.  Stanley  himself. 

1.— CO-WOCK-COO-CHEE,  OR  WILDCAT.    (Painted  Dec.  1842.) 

A  Seminole  Chief,  and  one  of  the  most  celebrated  of  his  tribe ;  possessed  of  much  vanity 
and  an  indomitable  spirit,  he  has  won  for  himself  an  exalted  name  and  standing  among  his 
people. 

At  the  outbreak  of  the  Florida  war,  he  was  a  mere  boy;  but  he  shouldered  his  rifle,  and 
fought  with  so  much  courage  and  desperation,  that  he  was  soon  looked  up  to  as  a  master- 
spirit. This  gathered  a  band  of  warriors  about  him,  who  adopted  him  as  their  chief  leader. 
At  the  head  of  this  party  he  became  a  formidable  enemy  of  the  United  States  troops,  and 
gave  them  much  trouble  during  that  campaign,  and  probably  would  never  have  fallen  into 
the  hands  of  the  whites,  had  he  been  able  to  procure  food  and  ammunition  for  his  band : 
being  reduced  to  a  state  of  starvation,  he  was  obliged  to  surrender,  and,  by  treaty  stipula- 
tions with  the  United  States  Government,  was  with  his  people  removed  west  of  the  Missis- 
sippi. 

2.— AL-LECK  TUSTENUGGEE.    (Painted  Dec.  1842.) 

This  chief  is  at  the  head  of  the  Mikasukie  band,  and  during  the  Florida  war  was  one  of 
the  most  active  among  the  Seminoles. 

3.— NOKE-SUKE  TUSTENUGGEE.    (Painted  Dec.  1842.) 

A  Seminole  Sub-chief  of  the  Mikasukie  band.  A  warrior  of  distinction,  and  Al-leck  Tus- 
tenuggee's  aid. 

4.— AL-LECK  TUSTENUGGEE,  NOKE-SUKE  TUSTENUGGEE,  CUDJO,  and  GEO.  W.  CLARKE. 

(Painted  Dec.  1842.) 

Cudjo  is  a  negro  Interpreter,  who  served  the  United  States  during  the  Florida  War  ;  an3 
Geo.  W.  Clarke  is  Seminole  Agent. 

5.— TUSTENUGGEE  CHOP-KO,  OR  THE  BIG  WARRIOR.    (Painted  Deo  1842.) 

A  Seminole  Mikasukie  Sub-chief,  and  one  of  the  most  distinguished  warriors  of  his  tribe. 
He  is  six  feet  three  inches  in  height,  and  well  proportioned,  and  is  esteemed  one  of  the  best 
ball  players  among  his  people.  His  countenance  indicates  any  thing  but  intelligence  or 
shrewdness  ;  on  the  contrary,  it  exhibits  evidence  of  a  capacity  to  commit  any  act,  however 
cruel  and  atrocious,  at  the  bidding  of  his  chief. 

6.— CHO-CO-TE  TUSTENUGGEE,    (Painted  Dec.  1842.) 

A  Sub-chief,  of  some  note  as  a  warrior,  bnt  abandoned  and  dissipated ;  he  is  painted  in 
the  costume  in  which  he  presented  himself,  with  a  bottle  of  "fire  water"  in  his  hand.  He 


THE   SMITHSONIAN   INSTITUTION.  43 

possesses  au  amiable  disposition,  and  is  passionately  fond  of  joking,  which  has  acquired  for 
him  the  celebrity  of  punster  to  the  band. 

7.— HAL-BURTA-HADJO,  OR  ALLIGATOR.    (Painted  Aug.,  1843.) 

A  Seminole  Chief,  celebrated  for  his  prowess  as  a  warrior.  His  name  has  been  frequently 
before  the  public,  as  the  instigator  and  perpetrator  of  many  atrocious  murders,  during  the 
Florida  campaign.  He  has  suffered  much  from  sickness  since  his  removal,  and  looks  de- 
jected and  careworn. 

8.— COT-SA  OK  TIGER.    (Painted  Dec.,  1843.) 

A  Seminole  Warrior,  and  son  of  Alligator. 

9.— SEM-I-WOC-CA.    (Painted  Sep.,  1843.) 

Represented  as  about  crossing  a  small  stream,  with  a  corn-basket  under  her  arm.  She  is 
attired  in  the  costume  peculiar  to  the  Creek  and  Seminole  women.  Their  dress  consists  of 
calico,  of  a  coarse,  cheap  kind,  worked  to  the  depth  of  from  twelve  to  fifteen  inches  from 
the  bottom  with  different  colors,  in  various  devices. 

The  artist  found  it  exceedingly  difficult  to  get  the  women  of  this  tribe  to  sit  for  their  pic- 
tures, owing  to  the  opposition  of  their  chiefs,  who  do  not  consider  them  worthy  of  such  an 
honor. 

10.— OPOETH-LE-YO-HOLO.    (Painted  July,  1843.) 

Speaker  of  the  Upper  Creeks.  This  man  holds  the  rank  of  principal  counsellor,  or 
speaker  of  the  councils,  over  which  he  presides  with  great  dignity.  His  influence  is  so 
great,  that  questions  submitted  to  the  council  are  generally  decided  according  to  his  will ; 
for  his  tribe  consider  him  as  the  organ  of  their  chief,  and  suppose  he  only  speaks  as  he  is 
directed. 

11.— OPOETH-LE-YO-HOLO.    (1843.) 

Represented  in  the  manner  in  which  he  paints  himself  when  going  to  war.  One  would 
hardly  recognize  this  celebrated  chief  in  this  disguise.  He  insisted  on  being  thus  painted, 
and  it  was  with  difficulty  that  he  was  afterwards  induced  to  wash  his  face,  and  sit  for  a 
portrait  which  his  friends  would  be  able  to  recognize.  See  No.  10. 

12.— A  CREEK  BUFFALO  DANCE.    (Painted  Aug.,  1843.) 

This  dance  is  enacted  every  year  during  the  season  of  their  busk,  or  green-corn  dances  ; 
and  the  men,  women,  and  children  all  take  an  active  part  in  the  ceremony.  They  invest 
themselves  with  the  scalp  of  the  buffalo,  with  the  horns  and  tail  attached,  and  dance  about 
in  a  circle,  uttering  sounds  in  imitation  of  the  animal  they  represent,  with  their  bodies 
in  a  half-bent  position,  supporting  their  weight  upon  their  ball-sticks,  which  represent  the 
forelegs  of  the  buffalo. 

13.— TUSTENUGGEE  EMATHLA.    (Painted  June,  1843.) 

This  is  a  fine  looking  man,  six  feet  and  one  inch  in  height,  and  well  proportioned,  of 
manly  and  martial  appearance  and  great  physical  strength,  and  is  well  calculated  to  com- 
mand the  respect  of  a  band  of  savage  warriors.  He  is  generally  known  by  the  name  of 
Jim  Boy.  Tustenuggee  means  "  warrior;"  and  Emathla,  "  next  to  the  warrior." 

He  is  and  always  has  been  a  firm  and  undeviating  friend  of  the  whites :  he  led  a  party 
of  seven  hundred  and  seventy-six  warriors  to  Florida,  and  endeavored,  first  as  mediator,  to 
induce  the  Seminoles  to  abandon  the  bloody  and  fruitless  contest  in  which  they  were  en- 
gaged, but  was  unsuccessful. 

14.— TO-MATH-LA-MICCO,  OR  THE  LITTLE  KING.     (Painted  June,  1843.) 

Principal  Chief  of  the  Upper  Creeks.  Distinguished  only  as  a  warrior,  he  was  elected  to 
the  chieftainship  through  the  instrumentality  of  Opoeth-le-yo-holo,  who  has  great  influence 
over  him.  He  is  painted  in  the  attitude  of  holding  a  red  stick,  which  is  invariably  carried 


44  THE   SMITHSONIAN   INSTITUTION. 

by  him  during  the  ceremonies  of  the  busk  or  green-corn  dance.     It  is  emblematical  of  the 
red-stick  or  late  Creek  war. 

Possessing  no  merit  as  an  orator  or  counsellor,  his  will  is  easily  swayed  by  his  speaker. 
He  is  mild  and  amiable  in  his  disposition,  and  much  beloved  by  his  people. 

15.— TUCK-A-BACK-A-MICCO,  OK  THE  MEDICINE-MAN  OR  PHYSIC-MAKER.    (Painted  June,  1843.) 

This  is  the  great  Medicine  or  Mystery  Man  of  the  Creeks  ;  his  fields  of  corn  are  cultivated 
by  the  people  of  the  town  in  which  he  resides,  and  a  salary  of  five  hundred  dollars  per 
annum  is  allowed  him  from  the  treasury  of  the  nation,  for  his  services. 

They  suppose  him  to  be  indued  with  supernatural  powers,  and  capable  of  making  it  rain 
copiously  at  will. 

In  his  town  is  a  building  of  rather  a  singular  construction,  used  during  their  annual  busk 
or  green-corn  dances  as  a  dancing-house.  It  is  of  a  circular  form,  about  sixty  feet  in 
diameter  and  thirty  feet  high,  built  of  logs  ;  and  was  planned  by  this  man  in  the  following 
manner : 

He  cut  sticks  in  miniature  of  every  log  required  in  the  construction  of  the  building,  and 
distributed  them  proportionately  among  the  residents  of  the  town,  whose  duty  it  was  to  cut 
logs  corresponding  with  their  sticks,  and  deliver  them  upon  the  ground  appropriated  for 
the  building  at  a  given  time.  At  the  raising  of  the  house,  not  a  log  was  cut  or  changed 
from  its  original  destination ;  all  came  together  in  their  appropriate  places,  as  intended  by 
the  designer.  During  the  planning  of  this  building,  which  occupied  him  six  days,  he  did 
not  partake  of  the  least  particle  of  food. 

16.— TAH-COO-SAH-FIXICO,  OR  BILLY  HARDJO.    (Painted  Aug.,  1843.) 

Chief  of  one  of  the  Upper  Creek  towns.  He  is  a  merchant  or  trader  among  his  people  ; 
also,  has  an  extensive  farm  and  several  negro  slaves,  which  enable  him  to  live  very  com- 
fortably. He  is  much  beloved  and  respected  by  his  people.  The  dress  in  which  he  is  painted 
is  that  of  a  ball-player,  as  they  at  first  appear  upon  the  ground.  During  the  play  they 
divest  themselves  of  all  their  ornaments,  which  are  usually  displayed  on  these  occasions,  for 
the  purpose  of  betting  on  the  result  of  the  play :  such  is  their  passion  for  betting,  that  the 
opposing  parties  frequently  bet  from  five  hundred  to  a  thousand  dollars  on  a  single  game. 

17.— CHILLY  McINTOSH.    (Painted  June,  1843.) 

An  Upper  Creek  Chief.  This  man  is  a  brother  of  Gen.  Mclntosh,  who  was  killed  some 
years  since  by  his  people,  for  negotiating  a  treaty  with  the  United  States  Government,  con- 
trary to  the  laws  of  his  country.  Chilly  was  pursued  by  the  same  party  who  massacred  his 
brother,  but  succeeded  in  making  his  escape  by  swimming  a  river,  which  arrested  his  pur- 
suers. 

18.-KEE-SEE-LAH  AND  AII-SEE-HEE.    (Painted  Aug.,  1843.) 

Daughters  of  Opoeth-le-yo-holo.  The  latter  is  commonly  denominated  the  Young  Queen. 
The  remaining  figure  on  the  right  is  a  half-breed  and  the  wife  of  a  white  trader. 

19.— COO-WIS-COO-EE,  OR  JOHN  ROSS.    (Painted  Sept.,  1844.) 

Principal  Chief  of  the  Cherokees.  Mr.  Ross  has  been  for  a  number  of  years  at  the  head 
of  his  people,  which  fact  is  sufficient  evidence  of  the  high  estimation  in  which  they  hold 
him  as  a  man  capable  of  discharging  the  responsible  duties  devolving  upon  the  office.  Mr. 
R.  is  a  man  of  education,  and  as  a  statesman  would  do  honor  to  the  legislative  halls  of  any 
country.  His  hospitality  is  unbounded;  from  his  soft  and  bland  manners,  his  guests  are  at 
once  made  to  feel  at  home,  and  forget  that  they  are  far  from  the  busy  scenes  of  civilization, 
and  surrounded  by  the  red  men  of  the  forest.  His  house  is  the  refuge  of  the  poor,  starved, 
and  naked  Indian ;  when  hungry,  he  is  sure  to  find  at  the  abode  of  this  exemplary  man  some- 
thing wherewith  to  appease  his  hunger,  and  if  naked,  a  garment  to  cover  his  nakedness, 


THE    SMITHSONIAN    INSTITUTION.  45 

Of  his  private  and  political  history  much  might  be  said  ;  but  we  leave  it  to  those  who  are 
more  competent  to  the  task,  and  able  to  do  him  that  justice  due  to  so  eminent  a  man. 
20.— KEETH-LA,  OR  DOG.    (Painted  1844.) 

Commonly  called  Major  George  Lowry,  Second  or  Assistant  Chief  of  the  Cherokees;  an 
office  which  he  has  filled  for  a  number  of  years  with  much  credit  to  himself  and  the  entire 
satisfaction  of  his  people.  He  is  about  seventy  years  of  age,  speaks  English  fluently,  and  is 
an  exemplary  Christian. 

He  is  painted  in  the  attitude  of  explaining  the  wampum,  a  tradition  of  the  manner  in 
which  peace  was  first  brought  about  among  the  various  Indian  tribes.     (See  No.  27.) 
21.— STAN  WATIE.    (Painted  June,  1843.) 

A  highly  gifted  and  talented  Cherokee.  This  man  is  a  brother  of  Boudinot,  who  was  mur- 
dered some  years  since  for  his  participation  in  negotiating  with  the  United  States  the  New 
Echota  treaty,  (which  has  caused  so  much  internal  dissention  among  the  Cherokees,)  con- 
trary to  the  laws  of  his  country.  Stan  Watie  was  also  one  of  the  signers  of  that  instrument, 
but  has  thus  far  escaped  the  horrible  death  that  befell  his  brother.  He  is  reputed  to  be 
one  of  the  bravest  men  of  his  people.  During  the  session  of  the  International  Council,  at 
Tah-le-quah,  in  June,  1843.  he  sat  for  his  portrait;  he  was  surrounded  by  hundreds  of  his 
enemies  at  the  time,  but  did  not  manifest  the  least  symptoms  of  fear  during  his  sojourn.  A 
biography  of  this  man's  life  would  form  a  very  interesting  volume. 

22.— THOMAS  WATIE.    (Painted  1842.) 

Brother  of  STAN  WATIE,  a  fine-looking  man,  but  abandoned  and  dissipated.  He  is  a 
printer  by  trade,  and  speaks  English  fluently,  and  writes  a  good  hand. 

23.— YEAH-WEE-00-YAH-GEE  OR  THE  SPOILED  PERSON.    (Painted  1844.) 

This  man  was  one  of  the  signers  of  the  first  treaty  made  with  the  Cherokees  by  the  United 
States  Government,  during  the  administration  of  General  "Washington. 

24.— OH-TAH-NEE-UX-TAH,  OR  CATCHER.    (Painted  1844.) 
A  Cherokee  Warrior. 

25.— CHARLES  McINTOSH.    (Painted  1842.) 

A  Cherokee  half-breed,  about  twenty-three  years  of  age,  little  known  among  his  people 
until  December,  1842.  He  then  distinguished  himself  by  killing  a  man  upon  the  Prairies, 
by  the  name  of  Merrett,  an  escaped  convict  from  the  jail  at  Van  Buren,  Arkansas,  who  with 
his  brother  was  under  sentence  to  the  State  Prison,  had  escaped,  and  fled  to  the  Prairies, 
where  they  carried  on  a  sort  of  land  piracy,  robbing  and  murdering  all  travellers  whom 
chance  threw  into  their  power. 

26.— WE-CHA-LAH-NAE-HE,  OR  THE  SPIRIT.    (Painted  1844.) 

Commonly  called  John  Huss.  A  regular  ordained  minister  of  the  Presbyterian  denomi- 
nation, and  speaks  no  English.  He  is  a  very  pious  and  good  man. 

27.— INTERNATIONAL  INDIAN  COUNCIL.    (Painted  1843.) 

This  council  was  conven3d  by  John  Ross,  at  Tah-le-quah,  in  the  Cherokee  Nation,  in  the 
month  of  June,  1843,  and  continued  in  session  four  weeks.     Delegates  from  seventeen  tribes 
were  present,  and  the  whole  assemblage  numbered  some  ten  thousand  Indians 
28.— THREE  CHEROKEE  LADIES.    (Painted  1842.) 

29.— TWO  CHEROKEE  GIRLS.    (Painted  1842.) 
30.— CADDO  COVE,  CADDO  CREEK,  ARKANSAS.    (Painted  1843.) 

Gov.  P.  M.  Butler  and  party  on  their  return  from  the  council  with  the  wild  Indians. 
31.— VIEW  OF  THE  ARKANSAS  VALLEY  FROM  MAGAZINE  MOUNTAIN.    (Painted  1844.) 


46  THE   SMITHSONIAN    INSTITUTION. 

32.— NATURAL  DAM  IN  CRAWFORD  COUNTY,  ARKANSAS.    (Painted  1844.) 
33.— VIEW  OF  DARDANELLE  ROCK  ON  THE  ARKANSAS.     (Painted  1844.) 

34.— ISH-TON-NO-YES,  OR  JAMES  GAMBLE.    (Painted  1843.) 
Chickasaw  Interpreter.     A  young  man  of  education,  and  speaks  English  fluently. 

35.— WA-BON-SEH,  OR  THE  WHITE  SKY.    (Painted  June,  1843.) 

Principal  Chief  of  the  Prairie  Band  of  Potowatomies,  residing  near  Council  Bluffs.     This 
chief  is  a  bold  and  sagacious  warrior,  but  possesses  no  merit  as  an  orator  ;  his  will  is  sub- 
mitted to  his  people  through  his  speaker,  a  man  possessed  of  great  powers  of  oratory. 
Many  of  his  war  exploits  are  of  a  thrilling  and  exciting  nature. 

36.— OP-TE-GEE-ZHEEK,  OR  HALF-DAY.    (Painted  June,  1843.) 

Principal  Speaker  and  Counsellor  of  the  Potowatomies.  This  man  is  justly  celebrated 
for  his  powers  of  oratory.  By  his  dignity  of  manner,  and  the  soft  and  silvery  tones  of  his 
voice,  he  succeeds  admirably  in  gaining  the  most  profound  attention  of  all  within  hearing. 
At  the  council  which  he  attended  in  the  Cherokee  nation  he  attracted  universal  attention, 
both  from  his  eloquence  and  the  singularity  of  his  dress,  the  style  of  which  he  probably  ob- 
tained from  the  Catholic  missionaries  residing  upon  the  frontier. 

37.— NA-SWA-GA,  OR  THE  FEATHERED  ARROW.    (Painted  1843.) 

Principal  Chief  of  a  band  of  Potowatomies,  residing  on  the  waters  of  Little  Osage  Elver ; 
he  is  distinguished  as  a  bold  warrior. 

38.-T-THOMAS  HENDRICK.    (Painted  1843.) 

Principal  Chief  of  the  Stockbridges.  Of  this  tribe  but  few  are  living,  and  they  have 
united  themselves  with  the  Delawares,  with  whom  they  cultivate  the  soil  in  common.  This 
man  speaks  good  English,  and  is  very  affable  in  his  manners. 

39.— JIM  GRAY.    (Painted  1843.) 
Principal  Chief  of  the  Munsees,  a  small  tribe  residing  among  the  Delawares. 

40.— SHAB-A-NEE.   (Painted  1843.) 

An  Ottawa  Chief.  This  man  is  well  known  throughout  the  northern  part  of  Michigan  and 
Illinois,  his  people  having  formerly  occupied  and  owned  the  soil  in  that  region.  During  the 
late  war  he  was  one  of  the  most  prominent  actors,  and  one  of  Tecumseh's  counsellors  and 
aides-de-camp.  He  says  he  was  near  Tecumseh  when  he  fell,  and  represents  him  as  having 
been  stabbed  through  the  body  with  a  bayonet  by  a  soldier :  he  seized  the  gun  with  his  left 
hand,  raised  his  tomahawk,  and  was  about  to  dispatch  him,  when  an  officer,  wearing  a  chapeau 
and  riding  a  white  horse,  approached  him,  drew  a  pistol  from  his  holster,  and  shot  him.  He 
and  the  remaining  few  of  his  people  reside  with  the  Potowatomies,  near  Council  Bluffs,  on 
the  Missouri. 

41.— SAUSH-BUX-CUM,  or  BEAVER  DRAGGING  A  LIMB.    (Painted  1843.) 

A  Chippewa  Chief.  This  man  is  chief  of  a  small  band  of  Chippewas,  residing  in  Poto- 
watomie  country  ;  these  are  more  advanced  in  civilization  than  those  living  on  the  Northern 
Lakes ;  they  are  not  unlike  the  Potowatomies  in  their  manners  and  customs. 

42.— CAPT.  KETCHUM.    (Painted  1843.) 

A  Delaware  Chief. 

43.— SECOND  EYE.    (Painted  1843.) 

A  Delaware  Chief. 

44.— RO-KA-NOO-WIIA,  THE  LONG  TRAVELLER.    (Painted  1843.) 
Commonly  called  Jim  Second  Eye,  Head  War-Chief  of  the  Delawares. 
Some  years  since,  a  small  band  of  Delawares,  while  on  a  hunting  and  trapping  expedition 


THE   SMITHSONIAN   INSTITUTION.  47 

on  the  upper  Missouri,  were  surprised  by  a  large  party  of  Sioux,  who  fell  upon  them  and 
murdered  all  but  one  of  the  party,  who  succeeded  in  making  good  his  escape  and  return  to 
his  people.  Second  Eye  immediately  started  with  a  small  force  to  avenge  the  death  of  his 
warriors ;  after  traveling  several  weeks,  they  fell  in  with  the  identical  party  who  committed 
the  depredation.  The  Sioux,  anticipating  an  attack,  retreated  to  a  deep  ravine  in  the  moun- 
tains in  order  to  defend  themselves  more  advantageously.  Second  Eye,  perceiving  the  many 
disadvantages  under  which  he  labored,  but  having  an  indomitable  spirit,  determined  to  sur- 
mount all  obstacles,  and  obtain  that  vengeance  which  the  death  of  his  warriors  loudly  called 
for.  He  waited  until  all  was  quiet  within  the  ravine,  raised  the  war-whoop,  rushed  madly 
upon  them,  and  massacred  the  whole  party  ;  he  having  with  his  own  hands  cut  off  the  heads 
of  sixteen  Sioux,  which  he  threw  to  his  warriors  to  scalp. 

He  speaks  some  English,  and  is  frequently  employed  by  the  United  States  and  Texas  as 
a  "  runner"  to  the  wild  Indians,  with  whom  he  carries  on  a  very  successful  trade.  He  de- 
rives his  name  of  Long  Traveler  from  the  fact  that  he  has  crossed  the  mountains  to  Oregon, 
and  has  visited  Santa  F6,  California,  and  the  Navahoe  Village. 

45.— AH-LEN-I-WEES.    (Painted  1843.) 
A  Delaware  Warrior  of  distinction  in  his  tribe. 

46.— CAPT.  McCALLAH.    (Painted  1843.) 

Principal  Chief  of  the  Texan  Delawares.  This  man  is  very  influential  among  his  people ; 
he  also  exerts  a  great  influence  over  the  wild  Indians,  and  his  presence  is  considered  indis- 
pensable at  all  councils  convened  either  by  the  United  States  or  Texas,  for  the  purpose  of 
negotiating  treaties. 

47.— PA-CON-DA-LIN-QUA-ING,  OE  ROASTING  EARS.    (Painted  1843.) 
Second  or  Assistant  Chief  of  the  Texan  Delawares,  and  Principal  Orator  and  Counselor. 

48.— WAH-PONG-GA,  OE  THE  SWAN.    (Painted  1843.) 

Principal  Chief  of  the  Weeahs.  Once  a  powerful  tribe,  but  now  reduced  to  the  small 
number  of  two  hundred  warriors.  They  formerly  resided  in  Indiana,  and  are  at  present 
located  with  the  Piankeshaws,  about  forty  miles  south  of  Fort  Leavenworth,  on  the  Missouri. 

49.— QUAH-GOM-MEE.    (Painted  1843.) 
Principal  Chief  of  the  Shawnees. 

50.— SHAC-EE-SHU-MOO.    (Painted  1843.) 
An  hereditary  Shawnee  Chief. 

51.— PAH-QUE-SAH-AH,  OE  LITTLE  TECUMSEH.    (Painted  1843.) 

A  son  of  Tecumseh.  He  has  none  of  the  extraordinary  traits  of  character  for  which  his 
sire  was  celebrated,  and  is  of  very  little  note  in  his  tribe  ;  he  was  in  the  battle  in  which  his 
father  fell. 

52.— KEOKUK.    (Painted  May,  1846.) 

Head  Chief  of  the  Sacs  and  Foxes.  Keokuk  is  in  all  respects  a  magnificent  savage.  Bold, 
enterprising,  and  impulsive,  he  is  also  politic,  and  possesses  an  intimate  knowledge  of  human 
nature,  and  a  tact  which  enables  him  to  bring  the  resources  of  his  mind  into  prompt  ope- 
ration. His  talents  as  a  military  chief  and  civil  ruler  are  evident  from  the  discipline  which 
exists  among  his  people. 

This  portrait  was  painted  in  the  spring  of  1846,  on  the  Kansas  River,  where  he,  with  his 
people,  were  temporarily  residing  after  their  removal  from  the  Desmoines  River. 

53.— SAC  CHIEF,  AND  FOX  BRAVE.     (Painted  May,  1846.) 

54.— KEP-PEO-LECK,  OE  RED  WOLF.    (Painted  May,  1846.) 

55.— SAC  WAR  CHIEF,  IN  WAR  PAINT.    (Painted  May,  1846.) 

56.— WIFE  AND  DAUGHTER  OF  BLACK  HAWK.    (Painted  May,  1842.) 


48  THE    SMITHSONIAN    INSTITUTION. 

57.— MEDICINE  DANCE  OF  THE  SACS.    (Painted  May,  1846.) 

The  Medicine  Dance  of  the  Sacs  is  performed  once  every  year,  for  the  purpose  of  initia- 
ting the  mystery  or  medicine-men  into  this  sacred  custom  of  their  tribe. 

58.— THE  CHIEFTAIN'S  GRAVE.    (Painted,  Jan.  1851.) 

A  form  of  burial  practised  by  many  tribes  inhabiting  the  borders  of  Missouri  and  Iowa. 
59.— FLIGHT  OF  A  MOUNTAIN  TRAPPER.    (Painted  1851.) 

The  flight  of  a  Mountain  Trapper  from  a  band  of  Black-Foot  Indians,  constitutes  an  in- 
cident in  the  life  of  Capt.  Joe  Meek,  the  present  marshal  of  Oregon  Territory.  He  was  a 
native  of  Ohio,  and  early  in  life  enlisted  in  the  service  of  the  American  Fur  Company  as  a 
trapper;  in  which  service  he  spent  eighteen  years  in  the  Rocky  Mountains. 

This  picture  represents  one  of  the  many  thrilling  incidents  in  his  life,  characteristic  of  the 
trapper  and  pioneer.  Finding  himself  pursued  by  a  large  party,  he  hoped,  by  the  aid  of  a 
well-bred  American  horse,  to  escape  a  personal  encounter;  but  the  Indians  taking  advan- 
tage of  the  broken  country,  soon  overtook  him,  and  were  showering  their  arrows  at  him 
while  in  full  pursuit,  using  their  horses  as  a  shield.  Joe,  reserving  his  fire  for  a  favorable 
moment,  selected  the  war-chief  who  was  foremost,  and,  with  well-directed  aim,  hit  both 
horse  and  rider,  which  caused  them  to  abandon  the  pursuit. 

Joe  was  one  of  the  early  pioneer  residents  of  Oregon,  and  one  of  its  first  representatives 
under  the  provisional  government. 

60.— THE  TRAPPER'S  ESCAPE.    (Painted  1851.) 

Joe  is  seen  in  the  middle  ground  of  the  picture,  waving  his  gun  in  exultation  at  his  lucky 
escape. 

61.— BLACK  FOOT  INDIANS  IN  AMBUSH,  AWAITING  THE  APPROACH  OF  AN  EMIGRANT  PARTY. 

(Painted  1852.) 

A  composition  characteristic  of  Indian  warfare. 

62.— TECHONG-TA-SABA  OR  BLACK  DOG.    (Painted  1843.) 

Principal  Chief  of  the  Osages.  A  man  six  feet  six  inches  in  height,  and  well  proportioned, 
weighing  some  two  hundred  and  fifty  pounds,  and  rather  inclined  to  corpulency.  He  is 
blind  of  one  eye.  He  is  celebrated  more  for  his  feats  in  war  than  as  a  counselor ;  his 
opinions  are,  however,  sought  in  all  matters  of  importance  appertaining  to  the  welfare  of 
his  people.  The  name  Black  Dog  was  given  to  him  from  a  circumstance  which  happened 
when  on  a  war  expedition  against  the  Comanches.  He,  with  his  party,  were  about  to  sur- 
prise their  camp  on  a  very  dark  night,  when  a  black  dog,  by  his  continued  barking,  kept 
them  at  bay.  After  several  ineffectual  attempts,  being  repelled  by  the  dog,  Techong-ta-saba 
became  exasperated,  and  fired  an  arrow  at  random,  hitting  him  in  the  head  and  causing  in- 
stant death.  By  this  name  he  is  familiarly  known  to  the  officers  of  the  army  and  white 
traders  in  that  section  of  country 

63.— SHU-ME-CUSS,  OR  WOLF.    (Painted  1843.) 
A  nephew  of  Black  Dog,  and  a  warrior  of  distinction  among  his  people. 

64— CROW-SUN-TAH,  OR  BIG  SOLDIER.     (Painted  1843.) 

An  Osage  Chief  and  Brave ;  is  about  seventy  years  of  age,  vigorous  and  active.  He 
together  with  a  number  of  his  tribe,  were  taken  to  France  some  years  since  by  a  11  American 
citizen  for  the  purpose  of  giving  exhibitions  of  their  various  dances. 

65.— NE-QUA-BA-NAII.     (Painted  1843.) 
An  Osage  Warrior. 

66.— CHA-PAH-CAH-HA,  OR  EAGLE  FEATHER.    (Painted  1843.) 

An  Osage  Warrior.  His  head-dress  is  composed  of  the  skin  from  the  head  of  a  buffalo, 
with  the  horns  attached. 


THE   SMITHSONIAN    INSTITUTION.  49 

67.— THE  OSAGE  MIMIC.    (Painted  1843.) 

This  picture  is  painted  from  an  incident  that  took  place  in  my  studio  at  Tah-le-quah,  in 
the  Cherokee  nation,  during  the  session  of  the  International  Council,  in  1843. 

I  was  often  absent  for  a  short  time,  sketching,  and  listening  to  the  various  speeches  made 
in  council.  My  door  being  of  rather  a  rude  construction,  fastened  only  by  a  common  wooden 
latch,  all  Indians  who  chose  had  free  ingress.  Among  those  who  paid  me  frequent  visits, 
was  an  Osage  boy,  about  seventeen  years  of  age,  by  the  name  of  Wash-cot-sa,  an  hereditary 
chief,  possessed  of  an  amiable  disposition  and  inquiring  mind.  He  seemed  to  observe  every 
thing  going  on  in  my  studio,  and  would  endeavor  to  imitate  any  thing  done  by  me.  On  one 
occasion  I  had  been  absent  for  a  short  time,  and  during  the  interim  he  and  one  of  his  com- 
panions sauntered  in ;  and  finding  themselves  alone,  he  concluded  to  try  his  hand  at  painting. 
He  assumed  the  palette  and  brushes,  placed  his  subject  in  a  favorable  position,  and  had 
made  some  few  chalk -marks  upon  the  canvass,  when  I  entered ;  he  immediately  discovered 
me,  and,  dropping  the  palette  and  brushes  and  pointing  to  the  canvass,  said  it  was  pe-shee 
very  bad.  I  endeavored  to  induce  him  to  return  to  his  work,  but  to  no  purpose. 

68.— AN  OSAGE  SCALP-DANCE.    (Painted  1845.) 

All  tribes  of  wild  Indians  scalp  their  captives,  save  the  women  and  children,  who  are 
treated  as  slaves,  until  ransomed  by  the  United  States  Government. 

On  returning  from  the  scene  of  strife,  they  celebrate  their  victories  by  a  scalp-dance. 
The  chiefs  and  warriors,  after  having  painted  themselves,  each  after  his  own  fancy,  to  give 
himself  the  most  hideous  appearance,  encircle  their  captives,  who  are  all  placed  together. 
Thus  stationed,  at  a  tap  on  their  drums  they  commence  throwing  themselves  into  attitudes 
such  as  each  one's  imagination  suggests  as  the  most  savage,  accompanied  by  yells,  for  the 
purpose  of  striking  terror  into  the  hearts  of  their  captives. 

This  picture  represents  the  scalp-dance  of  the  Osages  around  a  woman  and  her  child ; 
and  a  warrior  in  the  act  of  striking  her  with  his  club,  his  chief  springing  forward  and  ar- 
resting the  blow  with  his  spear. 

69.— KI-HIOCA-TE-DAH,  OB  PASSING  CHIEF.    (Painted  1843.) 

Principal  Chief  of  the  Quapaws.  Once  a  very  powerful  and  warlike  tribe,  but  now  reduced 
to  a  small  number ;  they  reside  with  the  Senecas.  This  chief  is  represented  by  the  agent 
as  being  a  very  good  man,  and  possesses  the  entire  confidence  of  his  whole  people. 

70.— WOHUM-PA,  AN  IOWA  CHIEF,  AND  THIS  ARTIST.    (Painted  1843.) 

It  was  with  much  difficulty  that  I  induced  this  chief  to  sit  for  his  portrait.  I  was  anxious 
to  paint  one  of  his  warriors  upon  the  same  canvass  with  him  ;  to  this  he  objected,  saying 
that  they  were  no  good,  and  that  chiefs  only  were  worthy  of  such  a  distinguished  honor ;  he 
insisted  on  being  painted  in  the  act  of  shaking  hands  with  me,  so  that  when  the  Great  Father 
(the  President  of  the  U.  S.)  saw  it,  he  might  know  that  he  was  a  friend  of  the  white  man. 
He  is  a  great  warrior,  his  arms  bearing  evidence  of  this  fact,  having  been  pierced  with  balls 
and  arrows  in  several  places  from  the  hands  of  the  Sioux.  He  was  very  particular  as  to  the 
correct  imitation  of  the  painting  on  his  blanket,  which  is  to  him  the  history  of  his  war  ex- 
ploits. The  hands  represent  the  scalps  taken  from  the  heads  of  his  enemies.  I  tried  re- 
peatedly to  get  some  of  his  warriors  to  sit,  but  they  could  not  be  induced  to  do  it  without 
the  consent  of  their  chief.  Such  was  their  fear  of  him,  that  they  dared  not  enter  my  of  sdio 
while  he  was  present  without  his  invitation. 

71.— KA-SA-ROO-KA,  OB  ROARING  THUNDER.    (Painted  1842.) 
Principal  Chief  of  the  Wichetaws.  or  Pawnee  Picts. 

72.— NASH-TAW,  oa  THE  PAINTER.    (Painted  1842.) 
Second  Chief  of  tt-»  Wichetaws  or  Pawnee  Picts,  and  a  brother  of  Ka-sa-roo-ka, 


50  THE   SMITHSONIAN   INSTITUTION. 

73.-RIT-SA-AH-RESCAT,  OK  THE  WOMAN  OF  THE  HUNT,  AND  BRACES  OR  BABY.    (Painted  1842.) 
Wife  of  Nashtaw,  and  Child. 

74.— BIN-TAH,  THE  WOUNDED  MAN.    (Painted  1843.) 

Principal  Chief  of  the  Caddoes.  He  derived  his  name  from  the  fact  of  his  having  been 
wounded  in  the  breast  by  an  Osage ;  he  wears  a  piece  of  silver  suspended  from  his  nose,  as 
an  ornament. 

75.— AH-DE-BAH,  OR  THE  TALL  MAN.    (Painted  1843.) 

Second  or  Assistant  Chief  of  the  Caddoes.     Painted  in  the  act  of  striking  the  drum. 

76.— SE-HIA-AH-DI-YOU,  THE  SINGING  BIRD.    (Painted  June,  1843.) 
Wife  of  Ah-de-bah,  seated  in  her  tent.     A  view  on  Tiwoccany  Creek,  Texas. 

77.— HA-DOON-COTE-SAH.    (Painted  1843.) 

A  Caddo  Warrior. 

78.— JOSE  MARIA.    (Painted  1844.) 

Principal  Chief  of  the  Anandarkoes.  This  Chief  is  known  to  the  Mexicans  by  the  name 
of  Jose*  Maria,  and  to  the  Caddoes  as  lesh.  He  has  fought  many  battles  with  the  Texans, 
and  was  severely  wounded  in  the  breast  in  a  skirmish  with  them. 

79.— KA-KA-KATISH,  OR  THE  SHOOTING  STAR.    (Painted  1843.) 

Principal  Chief  of  the  Wacoes.  This  man  is  justly  celebrated  for  his  powers  of  oratory, 
being  probably  one  of  the  greatest  natural  orators  now  living  among  the  Indians.  At  the 
council  held  upon  the  River  Brazos,  he  was  the  principal  speaker ;  and  by  his  dignity  and 
grace  of  manner  succeeded  in  gaining  the  attention  and  respect  of  these  wild  and  untutored 
sons  of  the  forest,  whose  implicit  confidence  he  enjoys. 

80.— CHO-WE,  OR  THE  BOW.    (Painted  1843.) 

Principal  Chief  of  the  Natchitoches.  This  man  had  a  brother  killed  by  the  Texans,  some 
four  or  five  years  since,  while  on  a  hunting  expedition,  whose  death  he  afterwards  avenged 
by  taking  the  scalps  of  six  Texans. 

81.— KEECHE-KA-ROOKI,  OR  THE  MAN  WHO  WAS  NAMED  BY  THE  GREAT  SPIRIT.    (Painted  1844.) 
Principal  Chief  of  the  Towocconies,  and  acknowledged  Chief  of  the  allied  tribes  of  Texas. 

82.— KO-RAK-KOO-KISS.    (Painted  1844.) 
A  Towoccono  warrior. 

S3.— KO-RAN-TE-TE-DAH,  OR  THE  WOMAN  WHO  CATCHES  THE  SPOTTED  FAWN.    (Painted  1844.) 
A  Keechie  Woman,  wife  of  Ko-rah-koo-kiss. 

84.— KOT-TAN-TEEK.    (Painted  1844.) 
Principal  Chief  of  the  Keechies. 

85.— A  BUFFALO  HUNT.    (Painted  1845.) 
On  the  South-western  Prairies. 

86.— POO-CHON-E-QUAH-EEP,  OR  BUFFALO-HUMP.    (Painted  1844.) 

Second  Chief  of  the  Hoesh  Band  of  Comanches,  and  head  war-chief  of  all  the  Comanchcs. 
This  Chief  wa.s  painted  at  a  council  of  the  wild  Indians  on  the  head-waters  of  Red  River. 
87— PO-CHON-NAH-SHON-NOC-CO,  OR  THE  EATER  OF  THE  BLACK  BUFFALO  HEART.    (Painted  1844.) 
One  of  the  principal  warriors  of  the  Hoesh  Band,  or  Honey -Eaters. 

88— WIFE  OF  PO-CHON-NAII-SHON-NOC-CO.    (Painted  1844.) 
89.— 0-HAH-AII-WAH-KEE,  THE  YELLOW  PAINT  HUNTER.    (Painted  1844.) 
Head  Chief  of  the  Ta-nah-wee  Band  of  Comanches. 

90.— NAII-MOO-SU-KAH.    (Painted  1844.) 
Comanche  Mother  and  Child. 


THE   SMITHSONIAN   INSTITUTION.  51 

91.— A  COMANCIIE  DOMESTIC  SCENE.    (Painted  1844.) 
A  Sleeping  Warrior.     Landscape  on  the  head-waters  of  Red  River. 

92. -A  COMANCIIE  GAME.    (Painted  1844.) 

This  game  is  played  exclusively  by  the  women.  They  hold  in  their  hand  twelve  sticks 
about  six  inches  in  length,  which  they  drop  upon  a  rock ;  the  sticks  that  fall  across  each 
other  are  counted  for  game  :  one  hundred  such  counts  the  game.  They  become  very  much 
excited,  and  frequently  bet  all  the  dressed  deer-skins  and  buffalo-robes  they  possess 

93.— JOSE  MARIA  VIGIL  ZUAZO.    (Painted  1852.) 

94.— CARLOS  VIGIL,  EX-GOVERNOR  OF  PUEBLO.    (Painted  1852.) 

95.— JUAN  ANTONIO  VIGIL.    (Painted  1852.) 

96.— JOSE  AHAYEA.    (Painted  1852.) 
97.— JOSE  'DOMINGO  HERURA.    (Painted  1852.) 

98.— BLACK  KNIFE.    (Painted  1846.) 

An  Apache  Chief,  reconnoitring  the  command  of  General  Kearney  on  his  inarch  from 
Santa  Fe  to  California. 

99.— VIEW  ON  THE  GILA  RIVER.    (Painted  1851.) 

"  About  two  miles  from  camp,  our  course  was  traversed  by  a  seam  of  yellowish-colored 
igneous  rock,  shooting  up  into  irregular  spires  and  turrets,  one  or  two  thousand  feet  in 
height.  It  ran  at  right  angles  to  the  rkrer,  and  extended  to  the  north  and  south,  in  a 
chain  of  mountains,  as  far  as  the  eye  could  reach. 

"One  of  these  towers  was  capped  with  a  substance  many  hundred  feet  thick,  disposed  in 
horizontal  strata  of  different  colors,  from  deep  red  to  light  yellow.  Partially  disintegrated, 
and  lying  at  the  foot  of  the  chain  of  spires,  was  a  yellowish  calcareous  sandstone,  altered 
by  fire,  in  large  amorphous  masses.  In  one  view  could  be  seen  clustered  the  Larrea  Mex- 
icanna,  the  Cactus,  (King)  Cactus,  (Chandelier)  Greenwood  Acacia,  Chamiza,  Prosopis  Odo- 
rata,  and  a  new  variety  of  Sedge." 

"  For  a  better  description  of  the  Landscape,  see  the  sketch  by  Mr.  Stanley." — Lieut.  Col. 
W.  Emory1 's  report  to  the  Secretary  of  War. 

100.— PIMO  CHIEF.    (Painted  1846.) 

101.— PIMO  SQUAW.    (Painted  1846.) 

102.— MARICOPA  CHIEF  AND  INTERPRETER.    (Painted  1846.) 

103.— SHASTE  SQUAW.    (Painted  1847.) 
A  slave  to  the  Clackamus  Indians. 

104.— ENAH-TE,  OB  WOLF.    (Painted  1848.) 
A  young  Umpqua  Warrior. 

105.— TE-TO-KA-NIM.    (Painted  1848.) 
Klameth  Chief. 

106.— ENISH-NIM .    (Painted  1848.) 
Wife  of  Te-to-ka-nim. 

107.— YELSTO.    (Painted  1848.) 

A  Callapooya. 

108.— STOMAQUEA.    (Painted  1848.) 
Principal  Chief  of  the  Chinooks. 

109.— TEL-AL-LEK.    (Painted  1048.) 
Chinook  Squaw. 

110.— QUATYKEN.    (Painted  18W.) 

111.— DR.  JOHN  MCLAUGHLIN.    (Painted  1848.) 

Former  Chief  Factor  of  the  Hon.  Hudson's  Bay  Company,  and  founder  of  Oregon  City. 

112.— QOV.  P.  S.  OGDEX.    (Painted  1848.) 
Hon.  Hudson's  Bay  Company,  Oregon. 


52  THE   SMITHSONIAN   INSTITUTION. 

113— OREGON  CITY.    (Painted  1848.) 
114.— WA-SHA-MUS.    (Painted  1847.) 
Principal  Chief  of  the  Willamette  Falls  Indians. 

115— MARY  AND  ACHATA.    (Painted  1847.) 

Willamette  Falls  Squaws.  This  group  belongs  to  the  great  family  of  Chinooks,  or  Flat- 
Heads. 

116— WILLAMETTE  FALLS.    (Painted  1848.) 
117— CASINO.    (Painted  1848.) 

This  Chief  is  one  of  the  Tlickitack  Tribe,  and  the  principal  Chief  of  all  the  Indians  in- 
habiting the  Columbia  River,  from  Astoria  to  the  Cascades.  In  the  plenitude  of  his  power 
he  traveled  in  great  state,  and  was  often  accompanied  by  a  hundred  slaves,  obedient  to  his 
slightest  caprice.  The  bands  over  whom  he  presided  paid  him  tribute  on  all  the  furs  and 
fish  taken,  as  also  upon  the  increase  of  their  stock,  to  support  him  in  this  affluence. 

He  was  the  petted  chief  of  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company,  and  through  him  they  are  un- 
doubtedly much  indebted  for  the  quiet  ascendancy  they  always  maintained  over  these 
tribes. 

It  is  said  that  on  visiting  Fort  Vancouver,  his  slaves  often  carpeted  the  road,  from  the 
landing  to  the  fort,  with  beaver  and  other  furs,  a  distance  of  a  quarter  of  a  mile  ;  and  that 
on  his  return,  the  officers  of  the  Hudson  Bay  CoApany  would  take  the  furs,  and  carpet  the 
same  distance  with  blankets  and  other  Indian  goods,  as  his  recompense.  He  is  now  an  old 
man,  having  outlived  his  prosperity  and  posterity,  to  see  a  once  numerous  people  reduced 
to  a  few  scattered  lodges,  which  must  soon  disappear  before  the  rapidly  growing  settlements 
of  the  adventurous  pioneers. 

118.— PEO-PEO-MUX-MUX,  OR  YELLOW  SERPENT.    (Painted  1847.) 

Principal  Chief  of  the  Walla- Wallas,  commonly  called  by  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company, 
Serpent  Jaune. 

119.— TE-LO-KIKT,  OR  CRAW-FISH  WALKING  FORWARD. 

Principal  Chief  of  the  Cayuses,  and  one  of  the  principal  actors  in  the  inhuman  butchery 
of  Wailetpu.  Was  hung  at  Oregon  City,  June  3d,  1850. 

120.— SHU-MA-HIC-CIE,  OR  PAINTED  SHIRT.    (Painted  1847.) 

One  of  the  chief  Cayuse  Braves,  and  son  of  Te-lo-kikt,  and  one  of  the  active  murderers  of 
the  Mission  family. 

121.— TUM-SUC-KEE. 

Cayuse  Brave.  The  great  ringleader  and  first  instigator  of  the  Wailetpu  massacre — was 
hung  at  Oregon  City,  June  3d,  1850. 

122.— WAIE-CAT-ONE  THAT  FLIES. 

Cayuse  Brave  and  son  of  Tum-suc-kee.  This  man,  though  young,  was  an  active  partici- 
pator in  the  massacre  of  Dr.  Whitman,  and  committed  many  atrocities  upon  the  defenceless 
captives.  He  escaped  the  ignominious  death  which  awaited  those  not  more  guilty  than 
himself. 

123. 

Massacre  of  Dr.  Whitman's  family  at  the  Wailetpu  Mission,  in  Oregon,  29th  of  November, 
1847. 

124. 

Abduction  of  Miss  Bewley  from  Dr.  Whitman's  mission. 

125.— CASCADES  OF  THE  COLUMBIA  RIVER. 

126.— SALMON  VISHERY  ON  THE  HEAD-WATERS  OF  THE  COLUMBIA. 
127.— MOUNT  HOOD.— (OREGON.) 
.28.— TIN-TIN-METZE.    (Painted  1847.) 
A  Nez  Perce"  Chief. 


THE    SMITHSONIAN    INSTITUTION.  53 

129.— KEOK-SOES-TEE.    (Painted  1847.) 

A  Pelouse  Brave. 

130.— VIEW  ON  THE  PELOUSE  RIVER. 

131.— PELOUSE  FALLS. 

This  beautiful  cascade  is  situated  about  nine  miles  from  the  junction  of  the  Pelouse  with 
Snake  River,  and  is  estimated  at  three  hundred  feet  in  height.     According  to  an  old  tra- 
dition, the  Great  Spirit  caused  this  barrier  to  rise,  to  prevent  the  salmon  from  passing  to  a 
band  of  Indians  living  on  its  head-waters,  with  whom  he  was  displeased. 
132— VIEW  IN  THE  CASCADE  MOUNTAINS. 

133.— VIEW  ON  THE  COLUMBIA. 
135— THE  ARTIST  TRAVELING  IN  NORTHERN  OREGON  IN  THE  MONTH  OF  DECEMBER. 

136.— VIEW  OF  MOUNT  HOOD. 
137.— CASCADES  OF  THE  COLUMBIA. 

138.— THE  GREAT  DALLES  BASIN.  AND  VIEW  OF  MOUNT  HOOD. 
139.— SE-LIM-COOM-CLU-LOCK,  OR  RAVEN  CHIEF.    (Painted  1847.) 

Commonly  called  Ugly  Head.  Principal  Chief  of  the  Spokanes,  or  Flat-Heads,  residing  on 
the  waters  of  the  Spokane  River. 

140.— KWIT-TEAL-CO-KOO-SUM.    (Painted  1847.) 

Big  Star  Chief,  a  medicine-man  of  the  Spokanes.  Whenever  a  person  is  sick,  this  tribe 
supposes  that  the  spirit  has  left  the  body,  and  hovers  invisibly  in  the  air,  until  it  can  be 
charmed  or  brought  back  through  the  agency  of  the  medicine-man.  To  accomplish  this 
end,  the  patient  is  placed  in  a  sitting  posture,  enveloped  in  a  buffalo-robe,  or  other  covering, 
having  only  the  top  of  the  head  exposed. 

The  medicine-man  then  commences  dancing  and  singing  around  the  patient,  gesticulating 
mysteriously,  and  often  clutching  in  the  air  with  his  hands,  as  if  in  the  act  of  catching 
something.  The  spirit  is  supposed  to  be  attracted  by  the  chant,  and  to  hover  near  the 
aperture  at  the  top  of  the  lodge ;  and  the  dance  is  often  continued  for  an  hour  before  it 
can  be  caught.  It  is  then  pressed  and  rubbed,  as  the  medicine-man  pretends,  through  the 
patient's  skull,  whose  recovery,  if  not  soon  effected,  he  supposes  to  be  thwarted  by  his 
having  caught  the  spirit  of  some  other  person ;  and  it  then  becomes  necessary  to  undo  his 
work  by  setting  it  at  liberty,  and  repeating  the  performance  until  the  right  spirit  is  caught. 
141.— KAI-MISH-KON,  OR  MARKED  HEAD. 

Spokane  Chief. 

142.— KAI-ME-TE-KIN,  OB  MARKED  BACK. 

Spokane  Brave. 

143.— PA-SE-LIX. 

Spokane  Squaw. 

144.— TIN-TIN-MA-LI-KIN,  OB  STRONG  BREAST. 
145.— HI-UP-EKAN. 

Stony  Island  Brave. 

146.— LAH-KIES-TUM. 
Stony  Island  Squaw. 

147.-SO-HA-PE. 
Stony  Island  Brave. 

148.— WAH-PUXE. 

Chief  of  the  Priest's  Rapid. 

149.— KO-MAL-KAN,  OB  LONG  HAIR. 

An  Okanagan  Medicine-man. 

150.— SIN-PAH-SOX-TIN. 

Okanagan  Squaw. 

151.— VIEW  ON  THE  SPOKANE  RIVER. 
152.— J.  M.  STANLEY,  THE  ARTIST.    Painted  by  A.  B.  Moore,  1851. 


54 


THE    SMITHSONIAN   INSTITUTION. 


LIST  OF  INDIAN  TRIBES  REPRESENTED. 


Nos. 

SEMINOLES 1-9 

CREEKS 10-18 

CHEROKEES 19-33 

CHICKASAWS 34 

POTOWATOMIES  , 35-37 

STOCKBRIDGES 38 

MUNSEES 39 

OTTOWAS 40 

CHIPPEWAS 41 

DELAWARES 42-47 

WEEAHS 48 

SHAWNEES , 49-51 

SACS  AND  FOXES 52-58 

BLACK  FEET 59-61 

OSAGES 62-68 

QUAPAWS 69 

IOWAS 70 

WlCHETAWS,  OR  PAWNEE  PlCTS 71-73 

CADDOES 74-77 

ANANDARKOES 78 

WACOES 79 

NATCHITOCHES...  80 


Nos. 


TOWOCCONIES 81-82 

MEECHIES 83-85 

COMANCHES 86-92 

PUEBLOS 93-97 

APACHES 98-99 

PIMOS 100-101 

MARICOPAS 

SHASTES    103 

UMPQUAS 

KLAMBTHS 105-106 

CALLAPOOYAS 107 

CHINOOKS 108-109 

CLACKMUS 110-113 

WILLAMETTE  FALLS  INDIANS 114-116 

TLICKITACKS 117 

WALLA-WALLAS 118 

CAYUSES 119-127 

NEZPERCES 

PELOUSES 129-138 

SPOKANES 139-144 

STONY  ISLAND   INDIANS 145-147 

OKANAGANS 148-151 


CATALOGUE  OF  INDIAN  PAINTINGS 

BELONGING   TO   THE 

GOVEBNMENT  COLLECTION.* 


1.  STING  IOWAY 

2.  SHING-YAW-BA-WUS-SEN,  The  Figured  Stone 

3.  MISH-SHA-QUAT,  The  Clear  Sky — Chippeway  Chief. 

Painted  by  C.  B.  King  from  a  drawing  by  Lewis,  1827. 

4.  PE-A-JUK — A  Chippeway (King  from  Lewis,  1827.) 

5. 

6.  AM-EIQUON,  Wooden  Ladle (King  from  Lewis,  1826.) 

7.  MO-NEE- KAW,  He  who  goes  under  ground 

8. 

9.  TU-GO-NIS-CO-TE-YEH,  Black  Fox— Cherokee  Chief (King,  1828.) 

10.  EESH-TAH-HUM-LEAH,  Sleepy  Eye — Sioux  Chief,  from  the  band  called  the  Sipsetongs. 

11.  MOOS-E-OM-O-NEE,  The  Walking  Iron — Wah-pee-ton  Sioux (By  S.  M.  Charles,  1837.) 

12.  LA-KEE-TOO-ME-RA-SHA,  Little  Chief—  Pawnee (King,  1837.) 

13.  WAH-RO-NE-SAH,  The  Surrounder—Otoe (King,  1837.) 

14.  WAH-KE-ON-TAW-KAH,  Big  Thunder — Chief  of  the  MedanaKanton  Sioux. ..(King,  1837.) 

15.  HAW-CHE-KE-ONG-GA,  He  who  kills  Osages — Missouri (King,  1837.) 

16.  O-WAN-ICK-KOH,  Little  Elk— Winnebago (A.  Ford  from  Lewis,  1826.) 

17. 

18. ,  Chippeway  Chief (King  from  Lewis,  1827.) 

19.  GA-DE-GE-WE,  Spotted—  Second  Chief  of  the  Chippeways,  54  years  old (King,  1835.) 

20.  WAA-KANN-SEE-KAA,  Rattlesnake— Winnebago (Ford  from  Lewis,  1826.) 

21.  NAA-GAR-NEP,  The  one  who  sits  at  the  head — Chippeway  Chief.. (King  from  Lewis,  1827.) 

22.  [See  42.]     GENERAL  PUSH-MA-TA-HA— Choctaw  Chief 

23.  MENAWEE — A  great  Warrior  and  Creek  Chief 

This  chief  commanded  the  party  that  killed  Gen.  Mclntosh,  and  was  one  of  the  few  that  saved  themselves 
from  the  defeat  at  the  Horse-shoe,  by  swimming  the  river,  after  being  badly  wounded  in  the  head. 

24.  MISTEPE — Yoholo  Mice's  son,  a  Creek (King,  1825.) 

25.  NAA-SHE-O-SHUCK,  Roaring  thunder — Sac  of  Mississippi,  son  of  Black  Hawk. 

(King,  1837.) 

26.  YOOSTO,  Spring  Frog 

27.  YOHOLO-MICO— Creek  Chief M (King,  1825.) 

28. A  Creek  warrior 

29.  -  —A  Chippeway  Chief (King  from  Lewis,  1827.) 

30.  I-AU-BEANU— A  Chippeway (King  from  Lewis,  1826.) 

31.  PAH-GUE-SAH-AH — Son  of  Tecumseh (Shaw.) 

32.  TAH-COL-A-QUOT — A  Sac 

33.  [See  77.]  KEOKUK,  Watchful  Fox — Chiocook  Sac 

34.  PAW-A-SHICK,  To  dash  the  icater  off—  A  Fox  Chief (Cooke,  1837.) 

35.  COL.  JOHN  STEDMAN  or  STIDHAM King,  1825.) 

36.  WEA-MATLA— Seminole  War  Chief (King,  1826.) 

37.  KEE-SHESWA,  The  Sun — Fox  warrior (King.) 

*  These  Paintings  are  arranged  on  the  east  and  southeast  walls  of  the  Picture  Gallery. 


56  THE    SMITHSONIAN   INSTITUTION. 

38.  TAH-RO-HOTJ,  Plenty  of  meat — loway (King,  1837^ 

39.  AP-PA-NOOSE-O-KE-MAW,  A  chief  when  a  child—  Sac (Cooke,  1837.) 

40.  CA-TA-NE-CAS-SA,  Black  Hoof — Shawnee  Chief. 

41.  PAH-SHE-PAH-HOW,  Stabber — First  Chief  of  the  Sankys ;  a  Sac (King.) 

42.  [See  22.]  GENERAL  PUSH-MA-TA-HAW — Choctaw  Chief. 

43. 

44.  KAI-POL-E-QUAH,  White-nosed  Fox — A  Fox  Chief 

45.  ZE-WA-DIN,  The  North  TFtwZ— Chippew ay  Chief.. (King  from  Lewis,  1827.) 

46.  WA-CHA-MON-NE,  Partisan — loway (King,  1837.) 

47.  WHESH-LAUB,  The  Sweet (King  from  Lewis,  1826.) 

48.  TIA-MAH,  The  bear  whose  scream  makes  the  rocks  tremble — Fox  Chief. 

49.  WAU-TOP-E-NOT,  The  Eagle's  Bill — Fox (King  from  Lewis,  1826.) 

50.  NAHETLUC-HOPIE,  Little  Doctor— Creek  Chief (King,  1825.) 

The  red  spots  on  his  dress  mark  the  balls  that  he  received  when  he  was  surprised  in  his  hut.  The  three 
lower  balls  were  lower  than  marked  in  the  picture.  The  paint  on  the  face  is  commemorative  of  the 
same  event,  as  the  blood  ran  from  his  nostrils  and  mouth. 

51.  COOSA-TUSTENUGGA — Creek  Chief (King,  1825.) 

52.  KEE-ME-ONE,  Rain — A  Chippeway (King,  1827.) 

53.  OpOTHLE-YoHOLO — Principal  Chief  of  the  Creek  deputation  to  Washington  in  1825. 

(King,  1825.) 

54.  AT-TE-COURE,  The  Young  Reindeer — Chippeway  Chief (King  from  Lewis,  1827.) 

55.  O-TYA-WA-NIM-EE-HEE,  Yellow  Thunder — Chippeway  Chief (King  from  Lewis,  1827.) 

56.  A-NA-CAM-O-GUSH-IA — Chippeway  Chief  from  Rainy  Lake (King  from  Lewis,  1827.) 

57.  WAA-KAWN,  The  Snake — Winnebago (Ford  from  Lewis,  1826.) 

58.  HOO-WAU-NEE-KAW,  Little  Elk — Winnebago  orator  of  the  Car-ray-mau-nee  family. 

59.  O-CHEE-NA-SHINK-KAA,  The  man  that  stands  and  strikes — Winnebago. 

(Ford  from  Lewis,  1826.) 

60.  PA-SHE-NINE,  The  good  marksman — Chippeway  Chief (King  from  Lewis,  1827.) 

61.  WA-HE-KANS-HE-KAI — Winnebago (King  from  Lewis,  1826.) 

62.  WADTZ-HE-DOO-KAANA — Chief  of  the  Winnebagos ,....(Ford  from  Lewis,  1826.) 

63.  MI-CO-A-NA-PAS — Second  Chief  of  Seminoles  ;  owns  70  slaves (King.) 

64.  NO-WAY-KE-SUG-GA,  He  who  strikes  two  at  once — Otoe (King,  1837.) 

65.  WAI-KEE-CHAI,  Crouching  Eagle — Sanky  Chief ;  Fox (King.) 

66.  CAW-TAA-WAA-BEE-TA,  The  Snagled  Tooth .' 

67.  YAHA-HAJO,  Mad  Wolf—  Creek  Chief (King,  1825.) 

68.  FOLKE-TUSTE-NAJO,  Craggy  Black  Clay — Seminole  War  Chief (King,  1826.) 

69.  JOHR  RIDGE— Cherokee  Chief.     Secretary  to  the  Creek  delegation  to  Washington,  1825. 

(King.) 

70.  SELOTA — Creek  Chief;  a  distinguished  warrior ;  fought  under  General  Jackson. 

(King,  1825.) 

71.  TUSKIE-HU-TUSTENUGGE,  Little  Prince — Creek  Chief (King,  1825.) 

72.  JACK-O-PA,  The  Six— Chippeway  Chief (King  from  Lewis,  1827.) 

73. 

74.  LE-SHAW-LOO-LA-LE-HOO,  Big  Chief — Pawnee  Loup (King,  1837.) 

75.  NAU-KAW,  Wood — Of  the  Cor-ray-mau-nee  family.     Principal  Chief  of  Winnebago  dep- 

utation, 94  years  old 

76.  DON  VINOENTE  GUERRERO,  former  President  of  the  Mexican  Republic — a  distinguished 

chieftain 

77.  [See  33.]  KEO-KUK,  Watchful  Fox— First  Chief  of  Sankys (King,  1829.) 

78. 

79.  PEE-CHE-KER,  Buffalo — Chief  of  Chippeways 

80.  APAULI-TUSTENUGGE— Creek  Chief. (King,  1825.) 


THE    SMITHSONIAN   INSTITUTION.  57 

81.  MOU-KA-USH-KA,  Trembling  Earth— Sioux  of  Missouri ;  died  in  Baltimore  Oct.  25, 1837 

(Cooke,  1837.) 

82.  A-MISK-QFEW,  The  Spoon— Menomina  War  Chief (King.) 

83. A  Chippeway  Chief. (King  from  Lewis,  1827.) 

84.  OLOE,   Ox — Mahara 

85.  TO-CA-COU,  He  that  gives  the  first  wound—  Sioux  of  Missouri (Cooke,  1837.) 

86.  HA-SA-ZA,  Elk's  Horn— Sioux  of  Missouri (Cooke,  1837.) 

87.  AMMOI,  He  that  comes  for  something — Yancton  Sioux (King,  1837.) 

88.  MAH-XE-HAH-NAH,  Great  Walker— loway  Chief (King.) 

89.  PES-KE-LECARO — Chief  of  the  Republican  Panis 

90.  AU-PANTAX-GA,  Big  Elk— Mohas  Chief;  a  great  orator 

91.  MAN-CHOUSIA,  White  Plume — Kansas  Chief. (King.) 

92.  TERRE-KI-TAN-AHU 

93.  IS-CA-TA-PE,  Wicked  Chief—  Great  Panis (King.) 

94.  CHOU-CAPE-OTOS,  Half  Chief  . (King.) 

95.  A-SHE-AU-KOU,  Sunfish—Sa.G  Chief (King,  1837.) 

96.  MAR-KO-ME-TA,  Bear's  Oil '• 

97.  RAUT-CHE-WAIME 

98.  [See  143.]  RED  JACKET— Seneca  Chief (King,  1828.) 

99.  TEUS-QUA-TA-WA,  Open  Door 

100.  (Cooke.) 

101.  NE-O-MOU-NE,  Walking  Rain — loway (King,  1837.) 

102.  WAA-PUA-TAA,  Playing  Fox — Prince  of  the  Foxes (Ford  from  Lewis,  1826.) 

103.  NAU-CHE-WING-GA,  No  Heart — loway (King,  1837.) 

104.  PEE-MASH-KA,  Fox  winding  in  his  course — Chief  of  the  Foxes ; (King;) 

105.  WAH-BAWN-SEE,  Causer  of  Paleness — Principal  Chief  of  the  Potawotamies.  (King,  1835.) 

106.  WA-PELLA,  The  Prince— fox (King,  1837.) 

107.  HOLATO-MICO,  Blue  King— Seminole  War  Chief. (King,  1826.) 

108.  WE-KE-ROO-TAU,  He  who  exchanges , 

109.  COR-BA-MAP-PA,  Wet  Mouth — Chippeway  Chief (King  from  Lewis,  1827.) 

110.  MA-HOXG-GA— Osage (King,  1830.) 

111.  HEHO-TUSTEMJGGE,  Deer  Warrior — Seminole  Partisan  War  Chief (King,  1826.) 

112.  ES-ME-BOIN — Chippeway  Chief (King  from  Lewis,  1827.) 

113.  CUT-TAA-TASE-TIA— Fox (Ford  from  Lewis,  1826.) 

114.  PA-NAN-SE,  Shedding  Elk—S&c (King,  1827.) 

115.  CATOOUSE — Chippeway  Chief (King  from  Lewis,  1827.) 

116. A  Sioux  Chief 

117.  O-KEE-MA-KEE-GUID,  The  chief  that  speaks — A  Chippeway 

118.  GOVERNOR  HICKS— Head  Chief  of  the  Seminoles (King,  1826.) 

119.  WAA-XA-TAA— Grand  Chief  of  the  Sioux (King,  1826.) 

120.  KIS-TE-KOSH,  One  leg  off—  Fox  brave (Cooke,  1837.) 

121. A  Fox  Chief (King  from  Lewis,  1826.) 

122.  OCAN-GEE-WACK — Chippeway  Chief (King  from  Lewis,  1827.) 

123.  KAI-KEE-KAI-MAIH,  All  fish — Chief  of  Sankys (King.) 

124.  OCHIO-FIXICO,  (war  name,)  CHARLES  CONXELLO,  (English  name) — Creek  Chief. 

(King,  1825.) 

125.  SHE-TAH-WAH-COE-WAH-MEXE,  The  sparrow  that  hunts  as  he  walks — A  Sioux (King.) 

126.  TSHI-ZHUN-KAU-KAW,  He  who  runs  with  the  deer — Of  the  Day-kau-ray  family.     Winne- 

bago  Chief 

127.  WAU-KAUN-HAH-KAW,  Snake  Skin — Of  the  Day-kau-ray  family 

128.  ARTOWAY,  PADDY  CARR— Creek  Boy 


58  THE    SMITHSONIAN   INSTITUTION. 

129.  NO-DIN,  Wind—  Chief  of  Chippeways (King.) 

130.  CHOU-MAN-I-CASE — Otoe,  half  chief;  husband  of  Eagle  of  Delight 

131.  RANT-CHE-WAI-ME,  MA-HA-KA,  Female  Flying  Pigeon,  Eagle  of  Delight 

132.  WA-EM-BOUSH-HAA — Chippeway  from  Sandy  Lake 

133.  MUCH-A-TAI-ME-SHE-KA-KAIK,  Black  Hawk (King,  1837.) 

134.  IOWAY 

135.  MAJOR  TIMPOOCHY  BARNARD— A  Creek  Chief (King,  1825.) 

136.  MAUCH-COO-MAIM — loway (King  from  Lewis,  1826.) 

137.  KI-HE-GA-MAW-SIIE-SHE,  Brave  Chief—  Omahaw. (King,  1837.) 

138.  LEDAGIE— Creek  Chief (King,  1835.) 

139.  WE-KE-ROO-TAW,  He  who  exchanges — Otoe (King,  1837.) 

140.  KAA-KAA-HUXE,  Little  Crow (King  from  Lewis,  1826.) 

141. 

142.  TOMA-HAKE-TAKE,  The  warrior  who  speaks  first (1826.) 

143.  [See  98.]  RED  JACKET — Seneca  Chief. 

144.  KEOKUK,  Watchful  Fox,  and  Mu- SEN-WONT,  son  of  Keokuk,  Long-haired  Fox. 

(King,  1827.) 

145.  CHIPPEWAY  SQUAWS (1826.) 

146.  CHIPPEWAY  SQUAW  AND  CHILD (King  from  Lewis,  1827.) 

147.  TSCHUSICK (King,  1827.) 


OTHER  PAINTINGS. 

M.  GUIZOT,  the  celebrated  statesman  of  France,  painted  by  Healy. 

A  BATTLE  SCENE. 

THE  MASSACRE  OF  THE  INNOCENTS. 

A  CARDINAL. 

CAPTAIN  JOHN  EVANS. 

A  TURKISH  SULTAN. 

The  Paintings  in  the  Apparatus  Room  are  rough  sketches  to  illustrate  lectures.  The 
largest  represents  an  ancient  Indian  mound  near  Marietta,  Ohio ;  another  the  Mosque  of 
St.  Sophia,  at  Constantinople  ;  another  the  English  Houses  of  Parliament ;  and  scenes  in 
Egypt,  Turkey,  &c.,  &c. 


LIST  OF  BUSTS  DEPOSITED  IN  THE  INSTITUTION. 

ROGER  B.  TANEY,  JOHN  MILTON,  WILLIAM  NORRIS, 

ROBERT  FULTON,  BENJAMIN  HALLOWELL,          CLARK  MILLS, 

STEPHEN  DECATUR,  THORWALSDEN,  AMOS  KENDALL, 

JOEL  BARLOW,  FRANCIS  P.  BLAIR,  Miss  FAIRFIELD, 

THOMAS  JEFFERSON,  JOHN  C.  SPENCER,  Miss  HAMPTON. 

DANIEL  WEBSTER,  MARTIN  VAN  BUREN, 


GUIDE  TO  THE  MUSEUM. 


Museums  are  collections  of  miscellaneous  objects  and  relics  capable  of  illustrating  the 
distant  or  the  past.  The  word  is  of  Greek  origin,  and  literally  signifies  a  place  sacred  to 
the  Muses  —  the  patron  deities  among  the  ancients  of  the  various  arts  and  sciences. 

The  British  Museum,  the  largest  in  the  world,  was  opened  to  the  public  on  the  15th  of 
January,  1759,  and  is  therefore  a  century  old.  It  has  been  the  recipient,  however,  of  im- 
mense donations  from  the  Government,  and  numerous  bequests  from  individuals. 

The  collection  now  in  the  Smithsonian  Institution  is  of  very  recent  origin,  and  is  remark- 
able for  its  extent  and  value,  considering  that  no  special  appropriation  has  ever  been  made 
by  the  Government  for  its  increase.  All  that  has  been  done  has  been  to  pay  the  necessary 
expenses  of  keeping  it  in  order,  and  for  the  preservation  of  the  specimens.  The  objects 
have  been  chiefly  collected  under  the  direction  of  the  officers  of  the  various  Exploring  and 
Surveying  Expeditions,  and  have  formed  only  an  incidental  part  of  their  duties.  A  large 
number,  however,  have  been  presented  by  the  correspondents  of  the  Institution. 

The  collections  made  by  the  U.  S.  Exploring  Expedition  under  Capt.  Wilkes,  U.  S.  N., 
1838-42,  are  supposed  greatly  to  exceed  those  of  any  other  of  similar  character  ever  fitted 
out  by  a  foreign  government,  no  published  series  of  results  comparing  at  all  in  magnitude 
with  that  issued  under  the  direction  of  the  Joint  Library  Committee  of  Congress. 

A  full  list  of  all  the  Expeditions  from  which  specimens  have  been  received  will  be  found 
in  the  Smithsonian  Report  for  1858,  (page  52,)  copies  of  which  are  furnished  gratuitously 
by  the  Secretary  to  those  specially  interested  in  the  subject. 

In  the  arrangement  of  the  specimens,  strict  scientific  accuracy  has  been  sacrificed  to 
convenience,  and  this  remark  will  apply  to  this  work,  which  is  intended  only  for  the  popu- 
lar reader.  Catalogues  which  will  give  descriptions  and  scientific  names  of  all  the  articles 
of  natural  history,  will  be  published  in  due  time  by  the  Institution.  The  student  will  find 
in  the  volumes  of  the  Report  of  the  Pacific  Railroad  and  Mexican  Boundary  Surveys,  espe- 
cially, accurate  accounts  of  most  of  the  specimens  here  exhibited. 

The  notes  in  relation  to  the  specimens  are  from  the  highest  authorities  —  the  reports  of 
the  various  Expeditions  having  been  consulted,  as  well  as  the  guides  to  the  British  Museum, 
&c.,  &c. 


On  entering  the  hall,  turn  to  the  left,  and  examine  — 

CASE   1. 

This  contains  a  number  of  interesting  animals.  No.  41  is  the  Prairie  Wolf  or  Coyote, 
from  the  Colorado. 

These  animals  are  able  to  mate  an  incredible  amount  of  noise,  -which  has  no  resemblance  to  the  bark  of  a  dog. 
They  sneak  about  during  the  day,  but  at  night  there  are  no  bounds  to  their  impudence.  They  will  steal  pro- 
visions literally  from  under  your  nose.  They  do  not  attack  men  unless  wounded. 

Nos.  42,  43,  44,  Foxes.  ..45,  Wolf..  .46,  Common  Fox.  ..47,  Jackall...48,  Chili  Fox.  ..49  and  50, 
California  Porcupine.  ..51,  Arkansas  Fox.  ..52,  Egyptian  Porcupine.  ..53,  Fox.  ..54,  Cross 
Fox.  ..55,  Cross  Fox  from  Salt  Lake.  ..56,  Prairie  Wolf,  Platte  River.  ..57,  Fox  of  Tierra  del 
Fuego,  very  bold  and  fierce.  ..58,  Fox.  ..59,  Gray  Wolf..  .60,  Gray  Wolf,  Platte  River,  the 
common  Wolf  of  North  America.  .61  and  66,  Peccaries  or  Mexican  Hogs.  This  animal  is  rarely 
found  alone.  It  emits  an  odor  like  that  of  the  skunk.  ..62,  63,  64,  and  65,  Ant  Bears,  or 
Ant-eaters,  from  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  etc. 

The  Ant-eaters  are  remarkable  for  their  long  cylindrical  tongues,  covered  with  a  glutinous  saliva,  by  means 
of  which  they  entrap  and  devour  the  insects  upon  which  they  live.  The  tongue  is  nearly  twice  the  length  of 


60  THE   SMITHSONIAN   INSTITUTION. 

the  whole  head  and  muzzle  together,  and  when  not  extended  is  kept  doubled  up  in  the  mouth,  with  the  point 
directed  backward.  It  is  very  slothful  and  solitary.  The  female  bears  but  a  single  young  one  at  a  birth.  They 
are  Very  rare,  and  seldom  seen  even  in  their  native  regions.  The  Indians  eat  their  flesh. 

CASE  2. 

Fishes. — Among  these  are  the  Sticklebacks,  which  the  California  Indians  catch  in  sum- 
mer, and  dry  for  winter  use.. ..Trout,  or  River  Bass.. ..Sun  fishes. 

CASE  3. 

Upper  Shelf. — The  many-colored  Wrens  of  Chili. ..The  Diamond  Bird,  very  valuable  on 
account  of  its  skin. ..Robins  from  Australia. ..Blue  Birds  from  India... Red-crested  Manakin 
of  Brazil.  In  the  middle  of  the  shelf  is  the  Superb  Warbler  of  Australia.. .The  Gold-crested 
Wren... The  Black  Cock  and  the  Crowned  Cock  of  Malacca. 

Middle  Shelf. — Cocks  from  Malacca.     Notice  especially  the  Wild  or  Jungle  Cock  of  Asia. 

Lower  Shelf.— The  Silver  Pheasant  of  China. 

This  Pheasant  is  remarkable  for  the  extraordinary  leugth  of  its  tail  feathers,  which  no  visitor  can  fail  to 
admire.  This  noble  bird  is  considered  a  rarity  even  in  Pekin,  its  native  district  being  one  of  the  coldest  and 
most  mountainous  provinces  of  China. 

English  Pheasants. ..Australian  Turkeys. ..The  Argus  Pheasant  of  Malacca. ..The  Lyre-tailed 
Pheasant  of  Australia. ..The  Helmeted  Hornbill...The  Rhinoceros  Hornbill  of  Malacca. 

This  strange  horny  excresence  is  in  reality  extremely  light,  being  cellular.  The  Horn  bills  feed  on  mice,  small 
birds,  reptiles,  &c.,  which,  throwing  them  in  the  air  and  catching  them  in  the  throat,  they  swallow  whole. 

CASE  4. 

Against  the  Wall. — Fishes  from  California,  Mexico,  &c. 

CASE  5. 

EAST  SIDE — Upper  Shelf. — Pigeons  and  Doves. 

WEST  SIDE— Middle  Shelf. — Here  are  some  of  the  choicest  specimens  in  the  whole  Museum, 
nnd  worthy  of  special  attention.  The  rare  Birds  of  British  Guiana,  South  America  : 
Among  these,  No.  6,  the  Bearded  Manakin. ..9,  Black  Headed  Creeper. ..5,  Mocking  Bird... 
11,  King  Humming  Bird.  On  another  stand,  notice  No.  4,  the  Bell  Bird,  the  rarest  in  the 
collection. ..No.  5,  the  Quya....No.  12,  Female  Amethyst  Humming  Bird  with  nest.... 
No.  11,  the  Tucan... The  Emerald,  Sapphire,  Longbill,  and  other  Humming  Birds. 

There  is  no  group  of  birds  so  interesting  to  the  ornithologist  or  to  the  casual  observer  as  the  humming  birds; 
at  once  the  smallest  in  size,  the  most  gorgeously  beautiful  in  color,  and  almost  the  most  abundant  in  species  of 
any  single  family  of  birds.  They  are  strictly  confined  to  the  continent  and  islands  of  America,  and  are  most 
abundant  in  the  Central  American  States.  There  are  believed  to  be  nearly  400  species.  Their  food  consists 
almost  entirely  of  insects.  The  humming,  from  which  they  derive  their  name,  is  produced  by  the  whirring  of 
the  wings. 

Middle  Shelf. — The  celebrated  BIRD  OP  PARADISE  from  New  Guinea. ..The  Blue-Headed 
Shrike  or  Butcher  Bird  from  the  Philippine  Islands. ..Blue-Backed  Shrike  from  India... 
Burmese  Shrike  from  Malacca. ..Cayenne  Shrike. ..Brazil  Shrike... Black-throated  Shrike  from 
Feejee  Islands. ..The  Common  Jay,  &c. 

Many  years  ago,  when  rice  was  dear  in  Eastern  China,  efforts  were  made  to  bring  it  from  Luzon,  where  it  was 
abundant.  At  Manilla  there  was,  however,  passed  a  singular  law,  to  the  effect  that  no  vessel  for  China  should 
be  allowed  to  load  with  rice  unless  it  brought  to  Manilla  a  certain  number  of  cages  full  of  the  little  '•  butcher 
birds,"  we.l  known  to  ornithologists.  The  reason  for  this  most  eccentric  regulation  simply  was  that  the  rice  in 
Luzon  suffered  much  from  locusts,  and  these  locusts  were  destroyed  in  great  numbers  by  butcher  birds.  In 
our  sublime  and  superior  common  sense  such  a  law  appears  trivial.  Yet  if  we  could  calculate  the  vast  amount 
of  money  annually  lost  to  this  country  by  insects,  caused  by  the  wanton  and  wicked  destruction  of  birds,  it 
might  not  seem  so  very  trifling  after  all.  It  might  be  even  found  to  be  advantageous  to  import  or  raise 
large  quantities  of  insectivorous  birds. 

EAST  SIDE — Lower  Shelf. — Regent  Oriole  of  Australia. ..Red-breasted  Meadow-Lark  of 
Chili. ..Black  Cassican  of  Tierra  del  Fuego... Australian  Shrike  of  New  South  Wales,  &c. 

WEST  SIDE. — Cassicans,  Crows,  and  Meadow-Larks  from  Brazil  and  Australia.  The  beauti- 
ful1 black  birds  at  the  north  end  are  the  Satin  Birds. 

CASE  6. 
Fishes. 

CASE  7. 

EAf.T  SIDE. — Humming  Birds  from  Chili,  Brazil,  &o. 

WEST    SIDE — Upper  Shelf. — Kingfishers  frjm  the  Sandwich  and  Cape  de  Verde  Islands, 
Australia,  Malacca,  Brazil,  &c...Goat  Suckers  or  Night  Jars. ..Great  Ibyan  of  Brazil. 
The  Kingfishers,  of  all  British  birds,  have  the  most  brilliant  plumage.     The  classic  name  of  this  beautiful 


THE    SMITHSONIAN   INSTITUTION.  61 

bird  was  Halcyon,  and  the  phrase  "Halcyon  Days,"  as  applied  to  times  of  unusual  prosperity,  is  said  to  have 
been  derived  from  the  notion,  for  which  there  was  no  foundation,  that  the  bird  hatched  its  eggs  in  a  floating 
nest,  and  that  during  its  incubation  there  was  always  a  calm  at  sea. 

WEST  SIDE — Middle  Shelf. — Blue-winged  Thrush. ..Sunbirds,  representing  in  the  Old  World 
the  Humming  Birds  of  the  American  Continent. 

Of  this  group,  distinguished  by  their  long,  slender  bills,  and  by  the  curious  structure  of  their  tongues, 
which  are  long,  and  usually  divided  into  threads  or  filaments  like  a  brush,  it  has  been  remarked  that  it  is  among 
the  most  interesting  of  the  animal  world.  Among  those  in  the  case  may  be  enumerated  the  Hoopoes  and  Sun- 
birds,  the  males  of  which  have  beautiful  plumage,  and  sing  agreeably;  they  are  most  common  in  the  warm 
regions  of  the  Eastern  Hemisphere;  the  Honey-Eaters  of  Australia,  whose  tongue  is  terminated  by  a  bunch  of 
delicate  filaments,  admirably  adapted  for  licking  up  the  sugared  sweets  of  the  flower-cups;  and  the  Creepers, 
Nut-hatchers,  Wrens,  and  other  small  birds  that  feed  on  insects,  chiefly  obtained  by  striking  the  bark  of  trees. 
But  far  the  most  interesting  of  the  tenuirostres  are  the  exquisite  little  Humming  Birds. 

EAST  SIDE. — Megalophus  of  Brazil,  very  curious.... Fly  Catchers. ..Bird  of  Paradise.... 
the  Rifle  Bird,  &c. 

Lower  Shelf. — Thrushes  and  Wrens  from  all  parts  of  the  world.. ..Red  Toucan  of  Brazil, 
very  rare... Green  and  Blue  Tanagers. 

CASE  8. 

Fishes. 

CASE  9. 

Parrots,  inhabitants  of  all  parts  of  the  world  except  Europe.  ...Parroquets,  Cockatoos, 
(large  white  birds;)  Aracans,  Toucans,  Cuckoos,  from  New  South  Wales  and  Brazil  princi- 
pally. ...The  Funereal  Cockatoo  is  dressed  in  mourning  suit.  The  Woodpecker  of  Brazil,  on 
the  middle  shelf,  west  side,  is  worthy  of  notice,  also  the  Toucans  and  Aracans.  On  the 
lower  shelf  are  Trogons...Tamatia...Barbets,  or  Puff  Birds. 

CASE  10. 

Fishes,  mainly  collected  by  Pacific  Railroad  and  Mexican  Boundory  Expeditions. 

CASE  11. 

Kites... Hawks. ..Buzzards.. ..Falcons,  the  most  courageous  in  proportion  to  their  size  of  all 
birds  of  prey. 

The  most  remarkable  is  the  Peregrine  Falcon,  formerly  used  in  the  sport  of  hawking.  These  falcons  were 
very  expensive;  the  use  of  them  was  permitted  only  to  persons  of  rank,  and  to  injure  one  of  their  nests,  even  on 
one's  own  grounds,  was  a  crime  severely  punishable-  Their  power  of  wing  is  almost  incredible.  A  case  is  re- 
corded of  a  falcon  flying  1.350  miles  in  24  hours,  or  nearly  sixty  miles  an  hour.  When  flown  at  a  heron  or  any 
other  bird,  their  plan  was  to  chase  the  bird,  mount  above  it,  and  then  swoop  down  upon  it.  To  do  this  in.  a 
proper  manner  they  required  training. 

The  beautiful  birds  at  the  north  end  with  long  tails  are  the  Peacock  Trogons.  At  the  same 
end,  east  side,  is  the  Caracara  Eagle.  On  the  lower  shelf  are  Owls  from  Australia,  Brazil, 
&c.  The  one  with  wings  extended,  is  from  Malacca. 

CASE  12. 

Fishes. 

Table  Case,  between  Cases  11  and  13,  is  filled  with  Eggs  of  Eagles,  Hawks,  Owls,  Wood- 
peckers, Cuckoos,  &c. 

CASE  13. 

Fishes.  Observe  the  singular  Hippocampus^  or  Sea-Horse,  from  Ofa  Point  Comfort,  Va. 
Also  the  same  from  California. 

At  the  EAST  EXD  OF  THE  HALL  we  see  two  cases  containing  Birds  and  Animals,  mounted 
by  the  skilful  taxidermist,  J.  G.  Bell,  of  N.  Y.,  and  exhibited  by  him  at  the  World's  Fair, 
as  specimens  of  his  art. 

The  DOOR  leads  to  the  taxidermist's  or  preparation  room,  where  Mr.  C.  Drexler  is  en- 
gaged in  mounting  animals  for  the  Smithsonian  Museum.  Any  persons  having  a  pet  bird 
or  animal  which  they  desire  to  preserve,  can  have  it  beautifully  mounted  by  Mr.  Drexler, 
at  a  moderate  charge. 

Ball  struck  by  lightning. 

This  ball  was  attached  to  the  top  of  a  lantern  placed  on  the  top  of  the  old  dome  of  the  Capitol,  in  which  it  was 
proposed  to  use  the  Drummond  light  for  illuminating  the  city.  The  experiment  failed,  and  a  stroke  of 
lightning  left  its  mark  on  this  ball,  which  is  here  exhibited. 


62  THE   SMITHSONIAN   INSTITUTION. 

Cinnabar  or  Vermilion,  the  ore  from  which  mercury  or  quicksilver  is  obtained. 

This  specimen,  from  California,  weighs  400  pounds,  is  very  rich  in  mercury,  and  was  exhibited  in  the  World's 
Fair  as  a  rample  of  the  mineral  wealth  of  the  Pacific  State.  The  mines  of  Almaden,  in  Spain,  are  the  most  cele- 
brated. Mercury  boils  at  670°  and  becomes  solid  at  40°  below  zero. 

CASE  14. 

We  have  here  a  great  collection  of  Rattlesnakes.  Every  species  may  be  seen,  and  from 
all  parts  of  the  country. 

It  was  proposed,  in  the  early  days  of  our  history,  to  adopt  the  rattlesnake  as  our  national  emblem,  but  the 
eagle  was  selected  in  preference. 

Window  between  Cases  14  and  15. — Specimens  of  American  Woods. 

Table  Case. — Specimens  of  Palaeontology,  or  fossil  remains  of  plants  and  animals  dug 
out  of  the  earth. 

These  singular  and  interesting  fossils  are  from  Nebraska,  a  district  called  "  Mauvaises  Torres"  or  Bad  Lands. 
The  valley  is  90  miles  in  length  and  30  in  breadth.  Its  most  depressed  portion  is  300  feet  below  the  general 
level  of  the  surrounding  country.  All  over  the  surface  thousands  of  abrupt,  irregular,  prismatic,  and  columnar 
masses  are  standing,  extending  to  a  height  of  one  or  two  hundred  feet.  It  resembles  a  large  city.  It  is  an  im- 
mense cemetery  of  extinct  animals,  the  bottom  of  what  was  once  an  extensive  lake.  The  specimens  are  Mam- 
malia, and  Chelonia  or  Turtles.  There  are  two  remarkable  species  of  Rhinoceros  differing  from  any  remains  of 
this  animal  found  in  other  parts  of  the  globe.  These  are  the  first  discovered  in  America.  A  full  description  of 
these  fossils  has  been  written  by  Dr.  Jos.  Leidy,  of  Philadelphia,  and  published  in  the  Smithsonian  Contributions 
to  Knowledge. 

CASE  15. 

Serpents. 

CASE  16. 

EAST  SIDE — Upper  Shelf. — The  most  prominent  object  is  (No.  43)  the  Bald  Eagle  or 
White-headed  Eagle.  It  has  its  wings  extended. 

Benjamin  Franklin  thus  speaks :— "  For  my  part,  I  wish  the  Bald  Eagle  had  not  been  chosen  as  the  represent- 
ative of  our  country.  He  is  a  bird  of  bad  moral  character ;  be  does  not  get  his  living  honestly.  You  may  have 
seen  him  perched  on  some  dead  tree,  where,  too  lazy  to  fish  for  himself,  he  watches  the  labors  of  the  Fishing 
Hawk ;  and  when  that  diligent  bird  has  at  length  taken  a  fish,  and  is  bearing  it  to  his  nest  for  the  support  of  its 
mate  and  young  ones,  the  Bald  Eagle  pursues  him  and  takes  it  from  him.  With  all  this  injustice,  he  is  never 
in  good  case,  but  like  those  among  men  who  live  by  sharping  and  robbing,  he  is  generally  poor.  Besides  he  is 
a  rank  coward  ;  the  little  King-Bird,  not  bigger  than  a  Sparrow,  attacks  him  boldly,  and  drives  him  out  of  the 
district.  He  is  therefore  by  no  means  a  proper  emblem  for  the  brave  and  honest  Cincinnati  of  America,  who 
have  driven  all  the  King-Birds  from  our  country." 

Next  in  order  are  Duck  Hawks... Black-capped  Hawks... Prairie  Falcons. ..Pigeon  Hawks... 
Sparrow  Hawks. 

The  Sparrow  Hawk  was  in  high  estimation  among  the  Egyptians;  and  their  god  Osiris  was  worshipped  under 
this  name. 

Middle  Shelf.— No.  39,  The  Golden  Eagle,  or  the  Ring-tailed  Eagle. 

The  Golden  Eagle  is  held  by  the  American  Indians,  as  it  is  by  almost  every  other  people,  to  be  an  emblem  of 
might  and  courage ;  and  the  young  Indian  warrior  glories  in  his  eagle  plume  as  the  most  honorable  ornament 
with  which  he  can  adorn  himself.  A  warrior  will  exchange  a  valuable  horse  for  the  tail-feathers  of  a  single 
eagle. 

Swainson's  Hawk. ..Brown,  Baird's,  Red-shouldered,  Red-bellied,  Broad-winged  Hawks. 

Lower  Shelf. — OWLS,  rapacious  nocturnal  birds,  inhabiting  all  parts  of  the  world  except 

Australia.     There  are  specimens  of  the  Barn,  Prairie,    Burrowing,   Pigmy,    Short-eared, 

Long-eared,  Saw-whet,  Snowy,  Great  Horned,  Mottled,  Great  Gray,  Barred,  Sparrow,  and 

other  Owls. 

The  Burrowing  Owl  is  the  constant  companion  of  the  Prairie  Dog,  (see  case  30,)  and  lives  in  perfect  harmony 
with  him  in  his  underground  quarters. 

"  Looking  at  some  of  these  wise-looking  birds,  with  their  big  round  heads,  docked  bodies,  and  goggle  eyes,  one 
could  almost  believe  the  story  of  the  cockney  sportsman,  who,  having  shot  something  that  he  saw  flying  over- 
head, as  he  and  a  companion  were  passing  through  a  churchyard  in  the  evening,  cried  out  in  horror  as  he  picked 
it  up  fluttering  beside  a  tombstone,  "  Oh,  Jack,  I  have  shot  a  cherub!" 

CASE  16. 

WEST  SIDE — Upper  Shelf. — Blue-backed,  Sharp-shinned,  and  other  Hawks.... The  Bald 
Eagle. 

Middle  Shelf. — American  Bald  Eagle. ..Western  Red-tailed  Hawk,  the  most  abundant 
species  west  of  the  Rocky  mountains. ..Rough-legged  Hawk. ..Black,  Marsh,  and  Sparrow 
Hawks. ..The  Golden  Eagle,  very  rare.  This  bird  preys  on  lambs,  fawns,  &c, 

Lower  Shelf.— Turkey  Buzzard... Mexican,  White-tailed,  Swallow-tailed,  Marsh,    Fish, 


THE   SMITSSON1AN  INSTITUTION.  68 

and  other  Hawks. ..Mississippi  Kite. ..Black  Kite. ..Gray  Sea  Eagle... Northern  Sea  Eagle... 
the  California  Vulture,  the  largest  species  in  Western  United  States. 

Four  of  these  Vultures  were  seen  to  drag  off  the  body  of  a  grizzly  bear  weighing  200  pounds,  a  distance  of 
six  hundred  feet.  It  is  inferior  in  size  only  to  the  gigantic  Condor  of  South  America. 

CASE  11. 

Serpents. 

CASE  18. 

EAST  SIDE — Upper  Shelf. — Red  and  yellow-shafted  Flickers. ..Chuck-Will's- Widow... 
Whip-poor-will. ..Wood,  and  other  Pewees... Olive-sided  and  other  Fly-Catchers,  which  catch 
their  insect  prey  flying. ..King  Birds. 

The  Scissor-tail  or  Swallow-tailed  Fly-Catcher  or  the  Texas  Bird  of  Paradise,  is  an  exquisitely  beautiful  and 
graceful  bird. 

Middle  Shelf. — Swallows. ..Thrushes... Warblers. ..Stone  Chat,  &c. 

Lower  Shelf. — Finches... Sparrows... Cross-bills... Oregon  Snow-Bird. ..Buntings. 

WEST  SIDE — Upper  Shelf.— Cuckoos. ..Woodpeckers. ..Sapsuckers... Humming  Birds. 

The  feathers  of  the  Red-shafted  Woodpecker  are  highly  prized  by  the  Indians  on  account  of  their  beauty  and 
rarity.  They  ornament  their  head  dresses  with  them. 

Middle  Shelf. — Warblers. ..Red  Birds. ..Tanagers.  Notice  especially  the  California  Ant- 
eating  Woodpecker. 

Found  in  every  portion  of  the  country.  They  are  very  gay  and  sociable,  and  make  a  great  deal  of  noise.  In 
the  fall  this  species  has  the  curious  and  peculiar  habit  of  laying  up  provisions  against  the  inclement  season. 
Small  'round  holes  are  dug  in  the  bark  of  the  pine  and  oak,  into  each  one  of  which  Ls  inserted  an  acorn,  and  so 
tightly  is  it  fitted  or  driven  in  that  it  is  with  difficulty  extracted.  The  bark  ol  the  pine  trees,  when  thus  filled, 
presents  at  a  short  distance  the  appearance  of  being  studded  with  brass  headed  nails.  Stowed  away  in  large 
quantities  in  this  manner,  tLe  acorns  not  only  supply  the  wants  of  the  Woodpeckers,  but  the  Squirrels,  Mice, 
and  Jays  avail  themselves  likewise  of  the  fruits  of  its  provident  labor.  The  nest  is  hollowed  out  from  the 
body  of  a  tree  or  some  decayed  branch,  and  varies  from  6  inches  to  2  feet  in  depth.  The  eggs,  4  or  5  in  number, 
of  a  pure  white,  are  placed  at  the  bottom  of  this  cavity,  resting  on  the  soft  bed  of  dust  and  chips  which 
have  there  fallen  during  the  labor  of  excavation. 

Lower  Shelf. — Nut-hatchers. ..Titmice. ..Wrens. ..Shrikes,  or  Butcher-Birds. 

They  derive  their  name  from  the  manner  in  which  they  treat  the  insects,  young  frogs,  &a,  DJI  which  they 
feed,  often  impaling  them  on  thorns,  and  tearing  them  to  pieces  at  their  leisure. 

Sky-larks. ..Grosbeaks. ..Finches. ..Creepers. 

CASE  19. 

Serpents. 

CASE  20. 

EAST  SIDE— Upper  Shelf. — Cardinal  Grosbeaks. 

The  Cardinal  Grosbeak  is  also  called  the  "  Red  Bird"  and  the  "  Virginia  Nightingale."  With  the  most 
brilliant  plumage,  it  unites  the  sweetest  song. 

Middle  Shelf. — Partridges... Prairie  Hens... Ptarmigans. 

Large  numbers  of  Ptarmigan  are  sent  from  Norway  to  London  every  winter.  The  birds  are  caught  in  snares, 
and  kept  in  a  frozen  state  for  the  dealers.  One  dealer  will  buy  and  sell  50,000  Ptarmigans  in  a  season. 

Lower  Shelf. — Golden  Plovers,  or  Bull-heads... King  Plover. ..Piping  Plover. ..The  largest 
is  the  Black-bellied. 

These  birds  prefer  bare  places,  ropose  on  the  ground,  and  never  perch  at  night  or  roost  on  trees.  Inhabits  the 
entire  American  continent. 

Kill-deer,  one  of  the  few  birds  of  our  country  known  to  all  classes  and  ages  of  the 
people. 

WEST  SIDE — Upper  Shelf. — Jays. ..Crows... Ravens. 

The  Raven  is  the  largest  bird  of  the  crow  kind.  It  is  found  in  all  climes,  and  its  age  is  said  at  times  to  reach 
one  hundred  years.  It  sustains  equally  the  warmth  of  the  sun  at  the  equator  and  the  cold  of  Iceland  ;  it  feeds 
on  everything,  and  is  highly  venerated  in  some  countries. 

Orioles. ..Arctic  Blue  Bird. 

Middle  Shelf.— Cock  of  the  Plains,  or  Sage  Cock. ..Oregon  Cocks... Grouse. 

Lower  Shelf. — Snipes... Buff-breasted  Sandpiper,  a  little  bird  of  remarkable  and  handsome 
plumage. ..Marbled  Godwit,  a  great  favorite  with  sportsmen  for  shooting.. .Long-billed  Cur- 
lew, abundant  in.  every  part  of  the  United  States, 


64  THE   SMITHSONIAN   INSTITUTION. 

CASE  21. 

Reptiles. ..Notice  tbe  Mexican  Horned  Frog. 

This  curious  animal  will  live  for  months  without  food.  Quite  recently  there  were  two  live  specimens  received 
at  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  in  a  letter  from  Huntsville,  Texas.  When  taken  out  of  the  envelope,  they  ap- 
peared flattened  and  lifeless,  but  a  few  moments  in  the  fresh  air  made  them  very  lively,  and  they  can  now  be 
seen  in  the  taxidermist's  room. 

CASE  22. 

EAST  SIDE. —  Upper  Shelf. — Sea  Ducks. 

Middle  Shelf. — River  Ducks. ..Mallard,  or  Green  Head. ..Black  Duck,  the  largest,  and 
finest  for  eating... Pintail,  Sprigtail,  English,  Blue- winged,  Green-winged,  Red-breasted 
Teals. ..Sora... Common  Rail,  or  Ortolan. 

The  most  abundant  and  most  universally  known  bird  of  its  genus,  inhabiting  the  United  States,  and  every- 
where known  as  the  "  Bail."    The  specimens  from  California  are  precisely  identical  with  others  from  the  banks 
of  the  Delaware  river. 
Lower  Shelf. — Wild  Turkeys... Mexican  Turkeys. 

Among  the  most  beautiful  of  known  birds.  The  feathers  exhibit  reflections  of  metallic  bronze,  gold,  green, 
and  blue. 

WEST  SIDE — Upper  Shelf. — Shoveller. ..Spoon-bill Bald-pate. ...American  and  English 

Widgeons. 

Middle  Shelf.— Teals. 

Lower  Shelf. — White  Crane. ..Whooping  Crane. 
The  White  Crane  is  one  of  the  rarest  birds  to  be  found  in  collections. 
Sand-hill  or  Brown  Crane,  or  Stork,  from  California. 

In  the  early  settlement  of  that  country,  one  of  these  cranes  sold  from  $16  to  $18  in  the  San  Francisco  market, 
to  take  the  place  of  the  turkey  at  the  Christmas  dinner. 

CASE  23. 
Frogs. 

Here  are  also  the  Hyla,  or  Tree-Frogs,  which  have  the  power  of  walking;  on  polished  surfaces,  and  of  attaching 
themselves  by  their  feet  to,  and  walking  with  their  bodies  suspended  on  the  under  side  of.  the  smoothest  leaves. 

CASE  24. 

EAST  SIDE—  Upper  Shelf.— The  Gulls. ..The  Laughing  Gull... Franklin's  Rosy  Gull.... 
Hooded,  Bonaparte's,  Kittiwake,  and  Yellow-billed  Gu'ls. 

The  most  beautiful  are  known  by  the  dark-colored  hood  or  cowl  which  envelopes  the  head  in  summer. 

Middle  Shelf. — Fishing  Ducks. ..Goosander...  Sheldrake,  or  Fish  Ducks. ..Red-breasted 
Merganser...  Smew. 

Lower  Shelf. — American  Geese... Canada  Goose...  Hutchins'  Goose... Brant. 

WEST  SIDE — Upper  Shelf. — The  Terns. ..Marsh,  Caspian,  Royal,  Elegant,  Cabot's,  Havell's, 
Sooty,  Arctic,  Roseate,  and  other  Terns, 

Mostly  found  on  the  sea-coast  and  bays,  are  much  on  the  wing,  and  are  remarkable  for  their  easy  and  buoyant 
flight. 

The  Frigate  Pelican,  or  Man-of-War  Bird. 

Its  power  of  flight  is  not  excelled  by  any  other  bird .    Very  tyrannical. 

Middle' Shelf . — Fishing  Ducks. 

Lower  Shelf. — Rough-billed  and  Brown  Pelicans.  The  American  Swan,  equally  abund- 
ant on  all  parts  of  the  continent.  The  young  bird  is  brown.  ...Trumpeter  Swan,  very  large 
and  powerful. ..Cormorants. 

PELICAN.— "In  the  Gulf  of  California,  a  small  black  gall  follows  the  pelican  incessantly  on  its  flight,  and  as 
th<»  lat*er  plunged  into  the  sea  after  fish,  the  gull  would  immediately  alight  by  its  side.  The  pelican,  emprging 
from  vufc  water  to  discharge  the  fluid  collected  in  the  gular  sac,  would  drop  its  bill,  when  the  fish  partially  pro- 
truding from  between  its  mandibles,  the  gull  would  seize  upon  one  and  drag  it  out,  as  his  share  ol  the  booty. 
Although  this  feat  is  of  hourly  occurrence,  the  pelican  never  offers  the  least  resistance,  or  shows  any  anger  or 
impatience  at  the  intrusion  or  impudence  of  his  little  neighbor,  who,  like  a  tax-gatherer,  follows  him  through 
life,  an  evil  inevitable." 

CASE  25. 

Frogs. 

CASE  26. 

This  case  contains  a  number  of  interesting  specimens.     No.  67,  Alligator  from  Florida... 
68,  Sea-cow  from  the  Amazon  river. ..69,  70,  71,  75,  79,  Sea-Leopards,  or  Seals. 
The  brain  of  the  seal  is  well-developed,  and  the  degree  of  sagacity  and  attachment  shown  in  domestication— for 


THE   SMITHSONIAN    INSTITUTION.  65 

they  are  very  easily  tamed,  and  taught  to  perform  tricks — is. evidence  of  superior  intelligence.    Cuvier   tells 
offtieal  who  would  raise  himself  erect,  and  take  a  staff  in  his  flippers,  like  a  sentinel.    At  the  word  of  command, 
he  would  lie  down  on  his  right  side  or  his  left,  according  to  order,  or  tumble  head  over  heels.    He  gave  a  paw 
when  requested,  like  a  dog,  and  protruded  his  lips  for  a  ki>s. 
The  Roman  Emperor  Augustus  always  earned  the  skin  of  a  sea-leopard  as  a  protection  against  lightning. 

Nos.  72,  73,  76,  Albatrosses,  the  largest  sea-birds  known. 

They  will  swallow  a  salmon  of  4  or  5  pounds  -weight.    They  never  attack  other  sea-birds. 

"  If  the  Eagle  is  called  the  king  of  birds,  the  Albatross  ought  to  be  called  the  queen,  so  queen-like  and  stately 
is  her  course  on  the  wing,  and  so  dignified,  mild,  and  unfearing  is  her  expression  when  captured.  When  on  the 
wing  it  is  the  very  beau-ideal  of  beauty  and  grace.  This  glorious  bird  is  the  most  beautiful  and  lovable  object 
of  the  animate  world  which  the  adventurer  meets  with  in  all  the  South  Pacific." — Rev.  H.  T.  Cheever. 

No.  74,  Saw-fish. ..No.  78,  Skull  of  a  Sea  Leopard. ..No.  80,  American  Beaver,  a  splendid 
specimen  of  this  interesting  animal,  whose  habits  and  history  are  familiar  to  all.. ..No.  81  is 
a  part  of  a  tree  cut  by  the  Beaver. ..No.  82,  Porpoise  or  Sea  Hog. 

Porpoises  swim  in  shoals  and  drive  the  mackerel,  herrings,  and  salmon  before  them,  pursuing  them  up  the 
bays,  with  the  same  eagerness  as  a  pack  of  dogs  after  a  hare.  In  some  places  they  almost  darken  the  sea  as  they 
rise  above  water  to  take  breath.  In  fine  weather  they  leap,  roll,  and  tumble  about  in  the  most  sportive  manner. 
The  oil  procured  from  the  fat  surrounding  the  body  of  the  Porpoise  is  of  the  purest  kind,  and  the  skin,  when 
tanned  and  dressed,  is  used  for  wearing  apparel,  and  for  coverings  for  carriages.  As  an  article  of  food,  the  flesh 
is  highly  esteemed.  It  is  the  great  dainty  of  the  Greenlanders,  and  he  quaffs  its  oil  as  the  most  delicious  of 
draughts. 

The  large  fish  near  the  east  side  of  the  case  is  a  STURGEON,  and  the  one  near  it,  with  the 
fin  on.  its  lack,  is  a  SHARK,  both  caught  in  the  Potomac  river. 

CENTRE  OF  THE  HALL,  EAST  END. 

Case  of  specimens  of  Silver,  Lead,  and  Copper  Ores,  from  the  mines  of  the  Sonora  Ex- 
ploring and  Mining  Company,  Tubac,  Gadsden's  Purchase,  New  Mexico... Specimens  from 
the  mines  of  New  Granada. ..Gold,  Silver,  Galena,  &c.,  from  various  parts  of  the  world. 

Raised  Model,  representing  the  Geology  of  Switzerland. 

The  large  case  contains  a  magnificent  and  unique  collection  of  Birds'  Nests  and  Eggs... 
Notice  especially  in  the  upper  part,  the  Oriole  Nests. ..Marsh  Wren  Nests. ..The  green  eggs 
of  the  Catbird. ..Eggs  of  Chuck- Will's- Widow.. ..Humming  Birds'  Nests,  very  rare  and 
valuable.  These  nests  readily  bring  a  high  price  at  any  time... .Night  Hawk's  Eggs. ...In 
the  lower  part,  the  Pelican  Nest  and  Eggs. ..Loon  Eggs.. .Alligator  and  Ostrich  Eggs. ..The 
largest  egg  is  that  of  the  Giant  Fossil  Bird,  of  Madagascar. 

Though  probably  extinct,  the  species  may  be  in  existence  in  the  unknown  interior  of  the  Island,  as  is  be- 
lieved by  the  natives.  This  egg  is  12}^  inches  long  by  §%  inches  wide,  the  shell  one-tenth  of  an  inch  thick. 

Notice  in  this  part  of  the  hall  the  Meteorite  described  on  page  23  of  this  volume. 
Next  visit  the  WEST  END  OF  THE  HALL,  and  commence  on  the  south  side  at — 

CASE  28. 

No.  1,  Wolverine  or  Glutton,  from  Salt  Lake,  very  fierce  and  cunning. ..No.  2,  Jaguar,  or 
American  Tiger. 

The  following  narrative  shows  the  character  of  this  animal :  "  In  1825,  near  Santa  Fe,  N.  M.,  a  lay  brother, 
after  having  made  confession  and  concluded  his  prayers,  entered  the  sacristy.  There  he  was  terror-stricken  on 
opening  the  door  and  seeing  himself  face  to  face  with  a  Jagnar.  In  a  moment  the  poor  man  was  in  the  clutches  of 
the  beast,  which  dragged  its  victim  into  a  back  corner  to  finish  the  bloody  work.  The  guardian  of  the  convent 
hearing  the  noise  hurried  to  the  room,  and  had  scarcely  become  aware  of  what  had  happened  when  the  animal 
leaped  upon  his  second  victim  and  despatched  him.  After  a  while  several  other  men  attempted  to  open  the  bloody 
sacristy,  but  not  without  meeting  a  similar  fate,  for  the  first  one  opening  the  door  was  immediately  slain.  After  he 
had  killed  four  victims,  the  roaring  of  the  Jaguar  attracted  the  people  of  the  convent,  and  by  boring  a  hole  in  the 
door  they  finally  succeeded  in  shooting  the  dreadful  monster.  The  convent  where  this  occurred  is  on  the  banks  of 
the  Rio  Bravo,  which,  after  freshets,  overflows  the  islands  in  front  of  the  town,  and  all  the  animals  living  in  the 
thickets  are  driven  up.  This  animal  entered  the  garden  of  the  convent,  and  thence,  by  a  small  door  accidentally 
left  open,  the  sacristy." 

No.  3,  Three  American  Wild  Cats,  from  the  Sonorian  Mountains  near  Fort  Yuma...4, 
Young  Black  Bear,  from  Warsaw,  Illinois. ..5,  Red  Wild  Cat,  from  Washington  Territory... 
6,  Canada  Lynx,  from  Medicine  Bow  Creek,  near  Fort  Laramie...7,  Grizzly  Bear,  from 
Medicine  Bow  Creek,  near  Fort  Laramie...8,  Skin  of  Bush  Goat,  of  Africa. ..9,  Skin  of  Red 
Buck  Deer,  of  Africa. ..10,  Black  Orang-Outang,  of  Africa,  female. ..11,  Skull,  hand,  and 
foot  of  the  Chimpanzee,  of  Africa. ..12,  Rope  made  from  grass  on  the  Gold  Coast  of  Africa... 
13,  Sankywin  Monkey,  from  Demarara,  Guiana. ..14,  Hooraway  Monkey,  from  Demarara, 
Guiana...l5,  Ground  Monkey. ..16,  Ring-tail  Monkey. ..17,  Ground  Monkey. 

CASE  29. 

Fishes  from  the  China  seas. 


66  THE    SMITHSONIAN    INSTITUTION. 

CASE  30. 

EAST  SIDE — Upper  Shelf. — Bats,  from  New  South  Wales,  &c... Sloth,  from  British  Guiana, 
rare. ..Gophers,  of  California,  etc.,  very  destructive  to  the  products  of  the  farm  and  garden... 
Salamanders. ..Prairie  Dogs. 

These  are  almost  the  only  inhabitants  of  the  high,  dry  prairie  land  destitute  of  every  form  of  vegetation  ex- 
cept grass.  A  Prairie  Dog,  however,  is  always  fat.  They  are  known  to  all  western  travelers,  and  found  in  im- 
mense numbers  on  the  overland  route  to  California. 

Middle  Shelf. — Common  Mink,  the  pest  of  farmers — one  has  been  known  to  kill  30  chickens 
in  a  night.     Weasels. ..Pine  Martens,  or  American  Sable. 
The  Ornithorynchus  Paradoxus,  or  Duck  Bill. 

This  is  an  extraordinary  animal,  and  when  it  was  first  described,  and  even  after  its  skin  was  received  in  Eng- 
land, naturalists  hesitated  to  believe  in  its  existence.  It  is  a  native  of  Australia,  where  it  is  called  Water-mole. 
It  lives  almost  entirely  in  the  water. 

Lower  Shelf. — Kaccoons.... Opossums. ...Skunks. ...Wood-Chucks. ...Ground  Hogs. ...Musk 
Rats,  found  over  the  whole  country. 
WEST  SIDE—  Upper  Shelf.— Vats. 
Middle  Shelf.  —Musk-Rats. ..Weasels. ..Armadillos. 

The  Armadillo  is  gifted  with  extraordinary  strength — sometimes  elevating  a  weight  placed  on  his  back  of  an 
100  pounds.  It  rolls  itself  up  like  a  ball,  and  sleeps  nearly  all  day.  It  is  much  sought  for  as  food.  It  is  inoffen- 
sive, and  can  be  handled  with  impunity.  Armadillos  never  attempt  to  bite,  nor  has  nature  given  them  any 
other  means  of  defence  than  the  ease  and  rapidity  with  which  they  avoid  danger  by  burrowing.  Their  food 
consists  of  fallen  fruits,  roots,  and  worms;  but  they  do  not  reject  carrion,  and  have  been  known  to  penetrate 
into  human  graves. 

Lower  Shelf. — Bassaris  Astuta,  Civet  Cat. 

Called  Squirrel  Cat  by  Texans.  Lives  among  rocks  and  trees.  It  is  easily  tamed,  and  makes  a  mild  and  play- 
ful pet.  It  is  something  between  fox  and  raccoon— sole  representative  in  the  New  World  of  the  genets,  civets, 
ichneumons,  &c.,  of  the  Old. 

CASE  31. 

Toads. 

Window  Case. — Woods  collected  by  Exploring  Expedition. 

CASE  32. 

Upper  Shelf.... Squirrels  of  various  kinds. 

Middle  Shelf. — Hares. ..Rabbits. ..Prairie  Dogs. ..Mice. ..Moles. ..Rats. 

Lower  Shelf. — Badgers... Ground  Hogs... Beaver. 

The  Agouti  of  the  West  Indies  is  the  largest  quadruped  indigenous  to  these  islands.  They  live  exclusively  on 
vegetables. 

Hoary  Marmots. ..Wrood  Chucks. ..Civet  Cats,  &c. 

CASE  33. 
Star-fishes. 

Window  Case. — Plaster  Casts  or  Medallions. 

CASE  34. 

Corals. 

This  is  one  of  the  most  complete  and  beautiful  collections  extant,  and  has  been  arranged  by  Prof.  J.  D.  Dana,  of 
Yale  College. 

Middle  Shelf. — Crystals  of  Sulphur,  Feldspar,  and  Lava,  from  the  craters  on  the  Sand- 
wich Islands,  collected  by  the  Exploring  Expedition. 

In  procuring  these  specimens  there  was  great  risk.  The  persons  walked  over  a  crust  of  only  two  or  three  in- 
ches of  black  lava,  beneath  which  was  a  mass  which  lighted  a  pole  instantaneously  when  pierced  through  it. 

CASE  35. 

Sepia,  or  Cuttle-Fish... Nautilus,  and  other  Mollusks. 
Window  Case. — Woods. 

CASE  36. 

Corals. 

Every  branch  of  Coral  may  be  considered  as  a  tree  or  plant,  all  the  buds  of  which  are  animated  polypes. 
Sponges. 
As  to  the  true  nature  of  these  extraordinary  substances,  naturalists  are  not  altogether  agreed.    They  are 


THE   SMITHSONIAN   INSTITUTION.  67 

usually  placed  in  the  animal  kingdom,  and  erected  into  a  distinct  class  of  radiata,  called  Porifera,  analogous  in 
some  respects  to  the  zoophyta.  What  is  seen  here  is,  however,  only  the  skeleton  of  the  living  being,  which  is 
but  a  thin  gelatinous  substance. 

CASE  37. 

Palaemons... Prawns  or  Shrimps. ^.Galatheidae,  a  group  of  Crustaceans. 
Window  Case.— Woods. 

CASE  38. 

Corals  and  Sponges.. ..Notice  the  Sea  Mushroom. 

It  has  a  beautiful  stony  cell,  consisting  of  a  thick  round  plate  several  inches  in  diameter,  with  numerous  thin 
vertical  plates  rising  from  it,  and  radiating  from  its  centre. 

The  Brain-stone,  so  called  from  its  resemblance  to  the  human  brain. 
Some  of  the  coral  reefs  are  known  to  be  one  thousand  miles  long  and  more  than  three  hundred  broad. 

CASE  39. 

Crustacea... Dromidise,  &c. 

CASE  40. 

Crustacea. ..Ocypodes,  &c. 

NORTH    SIDE   OP   THE   HALL. 

CASE  41. 

Fishes. ..Abranchiates,  &c. 

CASE  42. 

Crabs. 

Window  Case. — Plaster  cast  of  Old  Sarum,  Wiltshire,  England. ...Relics  from  Nicaragua. 

The  small  figure  representing  an  animal  couchant  was  regarded  with  great  veneration  by  the  Indians.  See 
page  19. 

CASE  43. 

Exotic  Birds. 

CASE  44. 

Fishes,  Bonaparte  Collection. 

Window  Case. — Stone  Sphynx  from  Egypt,  presented  to  E.  DeLeon,  Consul  General  o.f 
the  U.  S.,  by  the  British  Consul  General. 

CASE  45. 

Wild  Muscovy  Duck... Black- winged  Goose  of  Chili. ..Sandwich  Island  Goose... Loggerhead, 
Antarctic,  Upland,  Bustard  Geese. ..Black  Swan  of  Australia. ..Penguins. ..King  Penguin — is 
a  great  thief. 

They  occupy  the  same  place  in  the  southern  hemisphere  that  the  Auks  do  in  the  northern. 

Penguins  are  said  to  unite  in  themselves  the  qualities  of  men,  fowls,  and  fishes.  Like  men,  they  are  upright; 
like  fowls,  they  are  feathered ;  and  like  fish,  they  have  fin-like  instruments  that  beat  the  water  before,  and 
serve  for  all  the  purposes  of  swimming.  From  30  to  40,000  Penguins  have  been  seen  at  a  time.  They  are  arranged 
when  on  shore  in  as  compact  a  manner  and  in  as  regular  ranks  as  a  regiment  of  soldiers,  and  are  classed  with  the 
greatest  order,  the  younger  birds  being  in  one  situation,  moulting  birds  in  another,  setting  hens  in  a  third,  and 
so  on.  They  will  stand  still  and  be  knocked  down  without  making  any  effort  to  escape. 

Kiwi-kiwi. 

It  is  much  like  the  Penguin.  Whilst  at  rest  it  h  as  the  singular  habit  of  resting  on  the  top  of  its  bill,  which  is 
its  most  characteristic  position.  The  natives  hunt  it  for  its  skin  for  dresses. 

Window  Case. — Woods. 

CASE  46. 

Fishes. 

CASE  4T. 

Exotic  Birds. .. Ducks. ..Gannetts... Booby. ..Frigate  Pelican,  or  Man-of-War  Bird. 
The  Booby  is  so  stupid  that  he  will  sit  still  and  be  knocked  on  the  head  on  the  shore  or  a  ship.    They  are 
much  persecuted  by  the  Man-of-War  Bird. 


68  THE   SMITHSONIAN   INSTITUTION. 

CASE  48. 
Fishes,  Paraguay  Expedition. 

CASE  49. 

Birds  from  Sandwich  Islands,  Tierra  del  Fuego,  Chili,  &c... The  Oyster-Catcher. ..Noddy.,. 
Wandering  Albatross... Stormy  Petrels,  or  Mother  Carey's  Chickens. 

CASE  50. 

Serpents  and  Reptiles. 

CASE  51. 
The  Ibis. 

The  red  bird  is  the  Scarlet  Ibis,  worshipped  by  the  Egyptians,  one  of  the  most  celebrated  birds  of  antiquity. 
New  Holland  Crane. ..Brazilian  Cranes... Tookaroo,  a  rare  species  of  Crane. 

CASE  52. 
Reptiles  from  Brazil,  and  from  the  Paris  Museum. 

Between  Cases  52  and  53. — The  identical  dress  worn  by  Dr.  E.  K.  KANE,  the  celebrated 
American  Arctic  Explorer,  and  brought  by  him  to  this  Museum.  We  quote  the  following 
from  the  account  of  his  travels : 

"The  clothing  or  personal  outfit  demands  the  nicest  study  of  experience.  Rightly  clad,  ha  is  a  lump  of  de- 
formity, waddling  over  the  ice,  unpicturesque,  uncouth,  and  seemingly  helpless.  The  fox-skin  jumper,  or  kape- 
tah,  is  a  closed  shirt,  fitting  very  loosely  to  the  person,  but  adapted  to  the  head  and  neck  by  an  almost  air-tight 
hood,  the  nessak.  Underneath  the  kapetah  is  a  similar  garment,  but  destitute  of  the  hood,  which  is  a  shirt.  It  is 
made  of  bird  skins,  chewed  in  the  mouth  by  the  women  until  they  are  perfectly  soft,  and  it  is  worn  with  this 
unequalled  down  next  the  body.  More  than  500  auks  have  been  known  to  contribute  to  a  garment  of  this  de- 
scription. The  lower  extremities  are  guarded  by  a  pair  of  bear-skin  breeches,  the  nannooke.  The  foot  gear  con- 
sists of  a  bird-skin  sock,  with  a  padding  of  grass  over  the  sole.  Outside  of  this  is  a  bear  skin  leg. 

In  this  dress,  a  man  will  sleep  upon  his  sledge  with  the  atmosphere  at  93°  below  our  freezing  point.  The  only 
additional  articles  of  dress  are,  a  fox's  tail  held  between  the  teeth  to  protect  the  nose  in  a  wind,  and  mitts  of 
seal-skin  well  wadded  with  sledge  straw." 

Dr.  Kane,  however,  had  to  add  to  the  dress  described  "  furs  and  woolens,  layer  upon  layer,  inside,  like  the 
shards  of  an  artichoke,  till  he  was  rounded  into  absolute  obesity." 

CASE  53. 
No.  18,  Big  Horn,  or  Mountain  Sheep. 

Found  on  rocky  sierras  and  other  places  where  the  want  of  water  forbids  the  existence  of  every  other 
ruminant. 

No.  19,  Mountain  Sheep,  from  Fort  Tejon,  Cal...No.  20,  Kangaroo,  U.  S.  Exploring  Ex- 
pedition...No.  21,  Guanaco  or  Llama — a  young  one  of  No.  25. ..No.  22,  Virginia  Deer,  from 
Medicine  Bow. ..No.  23,  Black-tailed  Deer,  from  California. ..No.  24,  Black-tailed  Deer,  from 
Oregon. ..No.  25,  Guanaco  or  Llama. ..No.  26,  Black-tailed  Deer,  from  California. ..No.  27, 
Prong-horn  Antelope,  from  Yellowstone  River. ..No.  28,  A  young  Elk...Nos.  29  and  30,  Vir- 
ginia Deer. ..No.  31,  Patagonia  Deer...Nos.  32,  33,  34,  35,  Musk  Deer,  from  New  Holland... 
No.  36,  Kangaroo. ..No.  37,  Antelope,  from  Cape  of  Good  Hope...Nos.  38,  39,  40,  Musk  Deer. 

CASE  54. 

Serpents  and  Reptiles  from  South  America,  Central  America,  and  the  North  Pacific. 

Next  examine  the  large  table  case  in  the  middle  of  the  west  end  of  the  room,  in  which  is 
a  fine  collection  of  Sea-esgs  and  Star-fishes.  Notice  particularly  the  specimens  at  the 
east  end  with  their  curious  teeth... Echinidse,  or  Sea  Urchins  or  Sea  Eggs. 

These  are  found  generally  on  sandy  shores,  and  prefer  quiet  and  secluded  pools.  Some  make  excavations  in 
solid  rock.  Their  food  consists  of  sea-weeds  and  small  crustace*. 

The  Star-fishes. 

Their  structure  is  that  of  a  number  of  tough,  leathery  rays  diverging  from  a  central  disk.  In  this  disk  is  the 
mouth,  which  opens  into  a  stomach  filling  the  disk  and  branching  off  into  the  raya.  The  various  forms  are  innu- 
merable. They  are  found  in  every  climate. 

The  most  interesting,  however,  are  the  comatula.  or  sea-wigs,  They  have  a  branch-like  structure,  like  that  of 
a  gorgon's  head;  but  what  makes  them  peculiarly  interesting  is,  that  they  ere  the  recent  representatives  of  a 
tribe  of  sea-animals  now  all  but  extinct,  although  found  in  immense  abundance  in  a  fossil  state.  These  curious 
animals  of  a  former  era  are  called  crinoideae,  and  they  were  so  numerous  that  Prof.  Forbes  says  the  remains  of 
their  skeletons  constitute  great  tracts  of  the  dry  land  as  it  now  appears. 

The  structure  of  the  shell  of  the  echinus,  which  consists  of  a  number  of  pentagonal  pieces  fitting  together,  the 
method  by  which  it  is  increased  by  a  calcareous  secretion  from  the  body  of  the  animal,  and  the  mechanism  by 
which  the  spines  are  attached,  are  subjects  of  great  admiration  among  naturalists.  The  interior  structure  is 


THE    SMITHSONIAN   INSTITUTION.  69 

very  simple,  consisting  only  of  a  powerful  and  muscular  mouth  armed  with  strong  teeth,  and  of  an  intestinal 
tube  wound  twice  round  the  inside  of  the  shell. 

All  are  not  of  a  globular  shape.    Some  are  so  depressed  as  to  be  popularly  known  as  Sea-Pancakes. 

Lizard-tailed  Star-fishes,  or  Brittle  Stars. 

In  the  lower  part  of  the  case  are  fine  specimens  of  Turtles. 

They  have  the  faculty  of  falling  to  pieces,  or  at  least  of  throwing  off  the  ends  of  their  rays  when  siezed  or  oth- 
erwise alarmed. 


UPPER   GALLERIES. 

EAST  END,  NORTH  SIDE. — Geological  and  Mineralogical  collections,  not  yet  arranged 
for  public  exhibition. 

CASE  63. 

SOUTH  SIDE. — Human  Skulls  from  the  Feejee  Islands,  New  Zealand,  California,  Mexico, 
North  American  Indians,  &c.  One  of  the  Skulls  is  of  Vendovi,  the  Feejee  Chief  and  Mur- 
derer. 

There  are  150  skulls  in  this  case,  which  is  one  of  the  most  interesting  in  the  collection,  and  calculated  to  ex- 
cite feelings  very  different  from  those  experienced  in  examining  any  other  specimens. 

Window  Case. — Skull  of  an  Elephant. 

The  other  cases  in  this  gallery  are  devoted  to  Skulls  and  Skeletons.  They  are  not  ar- 
ranged for  exhibition. 

The  large  mounted  skeletons  in  the  windows  are  those  of  the  Ostrich  and  the  Lama. 

WEST  GALLERY— SOUTH  SIDE. 

One  of  the  most  extensive  and  curious  ethnological  collections  in  the  world.  Passing  to 
the  eastern  extremity  of  the  gallery  commence  at — 

CASE  70. 

Specimens   from    the   North   American   Indians,  including    Head   Dresses. ...Canoes.... 

Feather  Blankets Water-Baskets Indian   Cradles Water-Bottles  of  the   Utahs 

Indian  Pillow,  stuffed  with  Buffalo  hair. ..Bows  and  Arrows... Pipes,  &c.,  &c. 

Among  the  most  interesting  articles  are  specimens  of  the  Calumets  or  Pipes  of  Peace,  and  the  Wampum  Belts. 
The  bowls  of  these  pipes  are  always  made  of  one  particular  kind  of  stone  of  a  cherry  red  color,  brought  from  a 
quarry  which  the  Indians  believe  consists  of  a  huge  army  of  Red  Men  whom  the  Great  Spirit  turned  at  once 
into  stone.  The  shaft  is  usually  young  ash.  Wampum  is  the  Indian  name  for  ornaments  manufactured  by 
the  Indians  of  parti-colored  shells,  which  they  get  on  the  shores  of  fresh-water  streams,  and  file  and  cut  into 
bits  of  half  an  inch  in  length,  and  perforate,  giving  to  them  the  shape  of  pieces  of  broken  pipe  stems,  string  on 
deer  sinews  and  wear  on  their  necks,  or  weave  ingeniously  into  war  belts.  Wampum  was  used  as  a  circulating 
medium  instead  of  coin. 

CASE  71. 

Collections  made  by  the  U.   S.    Exploring  Expedition  in  the  Feejee  Islands... Cannibal 

Cooking  Pots. 

The  Feejees  are  Cannibals.  The  flesh  of  women  is  preferred  to  that  of  men,  and  that  part  of  the  arm  above 
the  elbow  and  the  thigh  are  regarded  as  the  choicest  parts.  So  highly  do  they  esteem  this  food,  that  the 
greatest  praise  they  can  bestow  on  a  delicacy  is  to  say  that  it  is  as  tender  as  a  dead  man. 

Vessel  for  mixing  oil. ..Fishing  Nets  of  twine,  from  the  bark  of  the  Hibiscus. ..Flute  of 
Bamboo,  and  other  musical  instruments. ..Paddles. ..Mask  and  Wig  worn'  in  dances. ..War 
Conch,  blown  as  the  sign  of  hostilities. ..Fishing  Spears. ..War  Clubs... Feejee  Wigs. 

The  usual  sign  of  mourning  is  to  crop  the  hair,  and  as  they  are  very  vain,  and  the  hair  takes  a  long  time 
to  grow  again,  they  use  a  wig  as  a  substitute. 

Native  Cloth,  worn  as  a  turban  on  the  head. 

None  but  Chiefs  are  allowed  to  wear  this.  The  more  the  hair  is  distended,  the  greater  is  their  pride.  Bar- 
bers are  very  important  personages,  and  are  employed  on  all  occasions. 

Between  Cases  71  and  72. — Feejee  Spears. ..Feejee  Drum. 

Made  of  a  hollow  trunk  of  a  tree.  It  is  sounded  by  beating  on  the  inner  side  with  a  mallet.  It  is  said  its 
sound  may  be  heard  from  seven  to  ten  miles. 

CASE  72. 

Feejee  Islands. — Likus,  or  Petticoat  worn  by  the  Feejee  Women... Sunshades,  made  of  a 


70  THE    SMITHSONIAN    INSTITUTION. 

single  Palm-leaf.. .Pillow  of  Wood. ..Basket. ..Shell  Ornaments,  made  of  Trochus  Shell... 
Armlets. ..Necklaces. ..Headbands  of  Feathers. ..Baskets. ..Fans  of  Cocoa-nut  leaves. ..Native 
Cloth,  from  bark  of  Paper  Mulberry. ..Floor  Mat,  from  the  leaves  of  the  Pandanus... Neck- 
lace of  human  teeth. ..Fish  Vertebrae... Braided  Cord  of  the  husk  of  the  Cocoa-nut. ..Feejee 
Oracle,  kept  in  the  Temple  and  consulted  by  the  Priests. 

This  Oracle  is  generally  covered  with  scarlet  and  white  seeds  stuck  on  with  gum.  It  is  hollow,  has  an  ear  on 
one  side,  and  a  mouth  and  nose  on  the  other. 

The  figure  like  an  idol,  with  a  wooden  plate  at  the  top  and  hooks  at  the  feet,  is  a  contri- 
vance used  by  the  Feejees  to  save  provisions  from  the  attacks  of  the  Feejee  rat,  which  is  a 
great  pest. ..Sea-slug,  or  Biche  de  Mer,  a  great  article  of  trade. ..Model  of  Canoe,  showing 
the  peculiar  style  of  construction  with  the  outrigger.. ..Hair  combs,  pins,  &c. 

The  mode  of  wearing  the  comb  is  an  indication  of  rank.  None  but  the  king  wears  it  in  front.  The  lower  orders 
wear  it  behind  the  ear. 

Whale's  tooth... Female  Dress. 

The  usual  price  of  a  wife  is  a  whale's  tooth,  and  this  once  paid,  the  husband  has  the  entire  right  to  the  person 
of  the  wife,  whom  he  may  even  kill  and  eat  if  he  feels  so  disposed. 

The  women's  dress  is  quite  becoming  and  graceful.  It  is  a  kind  of  fringe  made  of  cocoa-nut  leaves,  cut  intc 
slips  about  a  foot  long,  and  tied  by  one  end  to  a  string,  which  goes  around  the  middle.  It  has  a  light  ant' 
elegant  appearance,  and  yields  to  any  portion  of  the  body,  yet  never  becomes  entangled  or  out  of  order. 

CASE  73. 

Samoan  or  Navigator  Islands. — Specimens  of  Tapa,  or  native  cloth. 

The  tapa  is  often  printed  in  colors.  The  natives  form  tablets  of  pieces  of  large  cocoa-nut  leaves.  One  sideo 
the  tablet  is  kept  smooth  and  even,  and  upon  this  cocoa-nut  fibres  are  sewed,  so  as  to  form  the  required  pattern 
which  is,  of  course,  raised  upon  the  surface  of  the  tablet.  These  tablets  are  wet  with  a  piece  of  cloth  well  soakei 
in  the  dye,  after  which  the  tapa,  which  for  this  purpose  is  well  bleached  and  beautifully  white,  is  laid  upon  them 
and  pressed  into  close  contact.  The  dye  is  made  from  herbs  and  roots,  and  is  of  various  colors. 

Fishing  Nets. ..War  Clubs. ..Shell-bead  Necklaces. .. Flute... War  Conchs... Fans. ..Baskets... 
Pillows  of  Bamboo. ..Paddles. ..Spears  made  of  iron  wood,  pointed  with  the  sting  of  the  ray- 
fish,  which,  on  breaking  off  in  the  body,  causes  certain  death. ..Bows  and  Arrows  used  for 
catching  Lupi,  or  Pigeons. 

Much  time  is  devoted  to  capturing  and  taming  these  birds,  which  maybe  seen  in  almost  every  house,  and  evep 
in  their  canoes,  where  perches  are  erected  expressly  for  them. 

Mats. 

Among  the  mats  are  some  of  as  fine  texture  and  as  soft  as  if  made  of  cotton.  These  are  solely  possessed  by 
the  chiefs,  and  are  considered  as  their  choicest  treasures,  and  are  so  much  coveted  that  wars  have  been  made  to 
obtain  possession  of  them. 

CASE  74. 

Sandwich  Islands. — Tonga  or  Friendly  islands. — Pieces  of  the  rock  on  which  Capt.  Cook, 
the  celebrated  navigator,  was  killed. ..Adzes  of  Cassus  Shell. ..War  Clubs. ..Native  Cloth... 
Pestles  for  pounding  Kalo... Quoits. ..Fans. ..Raw  Cotton,  raised  in  Hawaii. ..Shells  and  Feath- 
ers worn  as  ornaments. ..Fishing-lines  and  Hooks. ..Gourd  Shells. ..Bowls  in  which  Ava,  the 
national  drink,  is  prepared. 

The  avals  a  root  of  a  pungent  and  intoxicating  nature.  Young  girls  chew  it  up  and  spit  it  into  a  wooden 
bowl;  afterwards  a  small  quantity  of  water  is  added  to  it,  the  juice  is  strained  into  cups  made  of  cocoa-nutshells, 
and  all  drink  it.  No  business  is  done  in  the  day  till  the  king  drinks  his  ava. 

Bowls  from  which  the  food  called  Poi  is  eaten. 

Kalo  is  the  invaluable  article  of  food.  It  is  the  bread  of  the  Islanders.  When  made  into  pot,  it  is  the  national 
dish.  The  kalo  is  cooked,  then  pounded  up,  water  added,  and  a  paste  formed,  which  is  allowed  to  ferment,  and 
js  eaten  with  one  or  two  fingers,  according  to  its  consistency. 

Native  Pelava,  from  human  hair,  and  sea-horse  tooth,  a  neck  ornament. ..Combs. ..Feather 
Cape  worn  on  public  occasions  by  King  Kamehameha  when  a  youth.  Presented  by  him  to 
Com.  Bolton  in  1839. 

The  birds  "Oo,"  from  which  these  splendid  feathers  were  taken,  have  but  two  feathers  of  the  kind,  one  under 
each  wing.  It  is  a  very  rare  species,  peculiar  only  to  the  higher  regions  of  Hawaii ,  and  is  caught  with  great  care 
and  much  toil.  Five  of  these  feathers  wero  valued  at  $1.50.  It  is  computed  that  a  million  dollars  were  expended 
on  the  manufacture  of  a  cloak  like  this  for  Kamebameha.  The  bunches  of  feathers  are  still  received  in  payment 
of  a  tax  to  the  king.  They  are  afterwards  made  up  into  head-bands  for  the  ladies,  but  few  can  afford  to  wear 
them.  Mantles  of  these  feathers  are  not  now  to  be  seen,  the  cost  and  labor  of  procuring  them  being  so  great. 
Specimens  of  these  birds  can  be  seen  in  Case  5. 

Feather  Staff,  an  ensign  of  rank. ..Wooden  Dishes  of  curious  forms. ..Canoes. ..Combs... 
Cinctures,  the  dress  worn  by  women  of  Tongatabu. 

CASE  75. 
Kingsmill,  Marquesas,  and  Washington  Islands. — These  are  included  in  what  is  known 


THE    SMITHSONIAN    INSTITUTION.  71 

as  Micronesia. — Native  Ropes  from  the  bark  of  the  Cocoa-nut. ..Wooden,  Pearl,  and  other 
Fish-hooks. ..Breast  Plate. ..Shell  Adzes,  from  Disappointment  Islands... Cuirass  of  Rope... 
Beads  of  Wood  and  Shell. 

Long  strings  of  beads  or  braided  hair  are  worn  round  the  body  at  times  a  hundred  fathoms  in  length. 
The  hair  is  taken  from  female  slaves.  The  beads  are  manufactured  by  the  old  men  who  are  beyond  doing  any 
other  labor — made  of  cocoa-nut  and  shell,  ground  down  to  a  uniform  size. 

Ear  rings  worn  by  the  Chiefs  of  the  Marquesas.  ...File  or  Rasp  of  Shark's  skin.  ...A  Vir 
gin's  Head  band. ..Wooden  Dish  like  a  boat,  from  Raraka... Spears. ..Helmet  of  a  skin  of  Por- 
cupine Fish. ..Images  of  green  stone. 

Around  the  necks  of  the  Chiefs  is  hung  their  "  HEITIKI,"  made  of  a  stone  of  a  green  color,  which  isheld  very 
sacred,  and  which,  with  their  <{  MEARA,"  a  short  cleaver  or  club,  is  handed  down  from  father  to  son.  This  Heitiki 
has  some  resemblance  to  a  human  figure  sitting  with  crossed  legs. 

Weapons  armed  with  Shark's  teeth. ..Pieces  of  wood  worn  in  dances. ..Cap  of  Pandanus 
leaves...  Mats, 

Made  from  the  leaves  of  the  Pandanus.  the  yellow  from  the  young  leaves,  and  the  brown  from  the  old;  which 
are  prepared  by  beating  them  with  a  mallet  to  render  them  pliable.  To  the  yellow  mats,  the  greatest  atten- 
tion is  paid.  Oil  impregnated  with  the  odor  of  the  flowers  of  the  Pandanus,  and  the  distilled  water,  are  highly 
esteemed,  both  for  their  color  and  their  medicinal  use  as  stimulants. 

Stilts  used  bj  Marquesas  Islanders... Beautifully  carved  Adzes  and  Clubs. 

CASE  76. 

New  Zealand. — Paddles. ..Spears. ..Blanket  Mats  woven  by  hand... Baskets... Dressing-box 
of  a  Chief  ...Prow  of  a  War  Canoe. 

This  was  considered  very  sacred,  and  obtained  with  great  difficulty.    It  belonged  to  the  chief  Kiwikiwi. 

Shell  and  Wood  Fish-hooks... Tinder-box... Flaxen  Yarn. 

The  manufacture  of  the  hemp  is  altogether  performed  by  the  women. 

War  Cloak  of  dog-skin,  called  "Topuni."  This  was  worn  by  Pomare,  the  chief.... Stone 
Adzes. ..Chisel  of  Tortoise  Shell... Cincture  and  Ornament  of  human  hair...Flute.«Mats  of 
all  kinds. ..Bows  and  Arrows. 

CASE  11. 

Deception  Island — South  Shetland. — Mats,  blankets,  &c. 

WEST  GALLERY— NORTH  SIDE. 

CASE  78. 

Egyptian  Mummies. 

Mummies  were  embalmed  in  Egypt  in  several  ways,  the  most  perfect  of  which  was  to  draw  the  brain  through 
the  nostrils,  partly  with  a  piece  of  crooked  iron,  and  partly  by  the  infusion  of  drugs.  They  then  with  a  knife 
make  an  incision  in  the  side,  through  which  they  extract  the  intestines;  these  they  cleanse  thoroughly,  washing 
them  with  palm  wine,  and  afterwards  covering  them  with  aromatics.  They  then  fill  the  body  with  powder  of 
pure  myrrh,  cassia,  and  other  perfumes.  Having  sewn  up  the  body,  it  is  covered  with  natron  (a  kind  of  soda) 
for  the  space  of  seventy  da?s.  It  is  then  washed,  closely  wrapped  in  bandages  of  linen  previously  dipped  in  gum, 
and  returned  to  the  relations,  who  enclose  it  in  a  case  of  wood  made  to  resemble  a  human  figure.  The  utmost 
care  was  taken  to  affix  marks  to  each  mummy,  by  which  it  might  be  known  again. 

These  specimens  are  3,000  years  old. 

CASE  79. 

Mummy  from  Oregon  of  a  child... Peruvian  Mummies,  from  Arica. 

Believing,  as  they  did,  in  immortality  and  the  resurrection  of  the  body,  the  Peruvians  were  very  careful  in 
burying  their  dead.  They  had  a  mode  of  embalming  peculiar  to  themselves,  which  consisted  of  exposing  the 
body  to  the  intense  cold  of  the  high  peaks  of  the  mountains  till  it  became  quite  dry  and  withered.  Then,  if  the 
deceased  were  an  Inca,  he  was  buried  with  great  state  in  his  family  tomb.  He  retained  his  proper  apparel,  and 
his  treasures  were  buried  w  thbim. 

The  custom  of  the  Peruvians  to  bury  their  treasures  with  them,  made  the  discovery  of  a  tomb  of  some 
consequence  to  the  early  Spanish  settlers.  In  1576,  a  Spanish  soldier,  says  Prescott,  found  in  one  such  tomb,  af- 
terwards visited  by  Baron  Humboldt,  a  mass  of  gold  worth  a  million  of  dollars !  The  tombs  in  Central  America 
are  now  being  searched  for  golden  images  and  treasures  in  the  same  manner. 

CASE  80. 

New  South  Wales. — Weapons. ..The  Boomerang,  a  flat  stick,  three  feet  long,  two  inches 
wide,  by  three-fourths  of  an  inch  thick,  curved  or  crooked  in  the  centre,  forming  an  obtuse 
angle. 

This  possesses  the  peculiar  property,  owing  to  its  shape,  of  returning  to  the  spot  from  which  it  was  thrown,  If 
the  object  aimed  at  was  missed. 

The  Womerah,  a  throwing  stick,  about  three  feet  long,  with  a  hook  at  the  end  for  throw- 


72  THE    SMITHSONIAN    INSTITUTION. 

ing  spears  and  darst,  with  which  the  Australians  hit  a  mark  200  feet  distant. ..Shields  made 
of  thick  bark  of  the  gum  tree. 

Theee  are  called  hiclemara,  are  of  a  peculiar  oval  shape,  about  three  feet  long  by  six  or  eight  inches  wide,  with 
a  handle. 

Curious  Carved  Figure  from  the  root  of  a  tree. 

The  New  Zealanders  have  no  images  of  worship,  and  no  temples.  The  numerous  grotesque  images  sculptured 
by  the  people  are  not  regarded  as  representations  of  divinities.  These  images  are  often  placed  on  the  roofs  of 
houses  as  decorations. 

Mask  worn  by  tiie  South  Sea  Islanders. 

Siamese  Shirt,  a  net  work  of  grass,  which  prevents  the  outer  dress  from  touching  the 
skin. 

The  Clearance  of  Brig  Argyle,  of  Baltimore,  at  Canton,  1889 — a  fair  specimen  of  a  Chi- 
nese business  paper. ..Chinese  Umbrellas... Hat  of  Leaves. ..Shoes  taken  from  the  feet  of  a 
Chinese  Woman,  at  Macao,  by  Dr.  Wessels,  1830. 

All  Chinese  Women  pride  themselves  on  their  goat-like  hoofs,  and  have  contempt  for  a  natural  foot.  It  is 
difficult  for  strangers  to  get  a  sight  of  these  deformities. 

Chinese  work  in  Stone — House,  Boat,  &c... Chop-sticks,  used  to  eat  food. 

In  China,  the  poorer  classes  eat  boiled  rice  only,  mixed  with  dried  fish.  Dogs  and  cats  are  considered  delica- 
cies above  the  reach  of  the  poor.  Rats,  mice,  and  other  vermin  are  eagerly  sought  after. 

Chinese  Fans. ..Compass. ..Japanese  Crape,  Silk,  Cotton. ..Cloak  of  Kangaroo  Skin,  worn 
by  the  natives  of  New  Holland. ..Cord  from  Kangaroo  Hair. ..Japanese  Gold  and  Silver 
Coins.  The  smallest  coin  is  called  "Cash,"  in  value  one-twelfth  of  a  cent. ..Japanese  Letter 
and  Book,  said  to  be  an  interesting  novel. 

Reading  is  a  favorite  occupation  with  both  sexes,  and  books  innumerable,  profusely  illustrated,  are  printed. 

Japanese  Pills. 

MEDICINE. — The  famous  Dosia  Powder,  which,  when  introduced  into  the  ears,  nostrils,  and  mouth  of  a  rigid 
corpse,  renders  the  limbs  perfectly  flexible. 

CASE  81. 

WEST  SIDE. — East  Indies. — Model  of  a  Malay  Prao,  or  armed  vessel,  used  by  the  Pirates 
of  Borneo.  The  Malays  are  mostly  seamen. ..East  Indian  Arrows,  poisoned  with  gum  of 
the  Upas. ..Malay  Blow-Pipe,  a  long  tube  employed  for  projecting  poisoned  arrows...  Arrows 
with  Flint  Heads,  from  Tierradel  Fuego... Malay  Daggers,  great  variety. ..Bows. ..Paddles... 
Shields. ..Spears. ..Coins  from  the  East  Indies. ..Harp  from  Sooloo. 

EAST  SIDE. — Leaf  from  a  Brahmin's  Book. ..Leaf  from  a  Siamese  Book. ..Ordinary  Walk- 
ing Dresses  of  the  ladies  of  Lima,  Peru. 

However  fitted  this  dress  may  be  to  cover  intrigue,  it  is  certainly  not  adapted  to  the  display  of  beauty.  A  more 
awkward  and  absurd  dress  cannot  well  be  conceived.  It  is  by  no  means  indicative  of  the  wearer's  rank,  for  fre- 
quently this  disguise  is  ragged  and  tattered,  and  assumed,  under  its  most  forbidding  aspect,  to  deceive  or  carry  on 
an  intrigue,  of  which  it  is  almost  an  effectual  cloak.  In  this  dress  it  is  said  a  wife  will  pass  her  own  husband 
when  she  may  be  walking  with  her  lover,  and  the  husband  may  make  love  to  his  wife,  without  being 
aware  it  is  she. 

Chilian  Poncho,  the  common  Pading  Cloak  of  the  Spanish  Americans. ..Chilian  Bridles, 
Stirrups. ..Mexican  Matchlock  Gun. ..Mexican  Spurs. ..Head-dress  of  Atahualpa... Earthen 
Ware  of  the  ancient  Peruvians — Jars,  Bottles,  &c. — from  the  Temple  of  Pachacamac,  near 
Lima. ..Belts  of  Bark  Cloth,  from  the  Ascension  Islands. 

CASE  82. 

WEST  SIDE. — Siam.  EAST  SIDE. — Japan. — Dresses,  very  handsome... .Gongs. ...Drums... 
Flutes. ..Photograph  of  his  Majesty,  PHRA  BARD  SONDETH  PHRA  PARAMENDR,  MNHA  MONG- 
KUT  PHRA  CHOMKLAN  CHAUYDHUA,  the  Major  King  of  Siam  and  its  dependencies, ..Swords... 
Daggers... Trays  for  fruit  inlaid  with  Pearl. 

The  Japanese  have  the  orange,  lemon,  fig,  plum,  cherry,  and  apricot. 

Tea-service. ..Shears. ..Fans. ..Cloths... Silk. ..Loo-Choo  Pipes, ..Cups  and  Saucers... Chow 
Chow  or  Refreshment  Boxes. ..Tobacco. 

The  Loo-Cboo  islands  belong  to  Japan.  Tobacco  is  raised  extensively,  and  smoking  is  a  universal  habit.  Saki 
is  an  intoxicating  and  strong  liquor,  distilled  from  rice,  which  is  used  as  a  drink.  At  a  Loo  Choo  dinner  there 
are  24  courses,  soup  constituting  eight. 

Window  Case. — A  Chinese  Plow. 

The  plowing  is  done  while  the  fields  are  flooded,  and  is  only  intended  for  breaking  up  alluvial  ground.  It  is 
drawn  by  the  water  ox  or  buffalo,  the  beast  of  burden  in  China. 

CASE  83. 

Japan. — Silks,  Crapes,  &c.,  of  every  variety. 
The  silks  are  equal  to  any  in  the  world.  The  finest  are  made  by  criminals  of  high  rank,  who  are  confined  upon  a 


THE    SMITHSONIAN    INSTITUTION.  7* 

small,  rocky,  and  unproductive  island,  and  made  to  support  themselves  by  their  labor.    These  silks  cannot  b* 
exported.    All  their  silks  and  calicoes  are  uniformly  18  inches  in  width. 
They  have  no  sheep  or  goats,  and  do  not  make  woolen  fabrics. 

Waiters. ..Small  Porcelain  Polls  . .Mirrors. ..Domestic  Utensils  :  bowls,  jars,  cups,  shovels, 
ladles. ..Magnificent  Spears. ..Swords;  mountings  of  gold ;  scabbards  of  shark's  skin...Biche 
de  Mer... Mats... Nails... .Needles... Saws... .Chisels. ..Planes.... Agricultural  Implements. ..Ja- 
panese Shells. ..Japan  Printing  Implements,  Blocks,  Ink,  &c.... Paper  from  the  bark  of  the 
Mulberry,  exceedingly  soft  and  flexible,  used  for  handkerchiefs.     It  endures  folding,  and 
lasts  longer  than  ours. ..Models  of  Japanese  Sanctuary,  Houses,  &c. 
They  upe  no  glass  for  windows,  but  oiled  paper  or  cloth. 
Umbrellas  made  of  Bamboo,  and  covered  with  a  vegetable  oil. 

These  are  perfectly  water  proof,  and  can  be  used  for  a  long  time  without  injury. 

All  the  articles  of  superior  quality  are  put  by  the  Japanese"  merchants  into  boxes  of  white  cedar.  Inferior 
articles  are  wrapped  in  paper. 

The  Japanese  possess  one  art  in  which  they  excell  the  world— this  is  in  lacquering  wood  work.  In  this  op- 
eration they  select  the  finest  wood  of  fir  or  cedar  to  be  covered  with  varnish  which  is  made  from  the  gum  of 
the  rhu*  oemiao,  a  tree  abundant  in  their  country. 

The  Japanese  also  excell  all  other  nations  in  the  quality  of  their  porcelain  and  swords. 

They  do  not  know  how  to  cut  or  polish  precious  stones,  but  have  a  substitute,  called  syakfdo  in  which  vari- 
ous metals  are  so  blended  and  combined  that  they  resemble  fine  enamel.  This  is  used  for  ornamenting 
girdle  clasps,  sword  hilts,  boxes,  <fcc. 

CASE  84. 

Amazon  Expedition. — Costumes  of  the  Savages  of  Ucayali  river,  trimmed  with  feathers, 
teeth,  &c...  Ants'  Nest,  used  for  spunk. ..Leg  and  Wing  Bones  of  a  Bird. ..Tobacco  from  river 
Madeira. ..Tongue  of  a  Fish. ..Necklace  of  Berries... Minerals,  Woods,  Gums,  &c...Bats... 
Lizards. ..Tiger  Cats. ..Skins. ..Curious  Brazilian  Wasps'  Nest,  in  which  honey  is  stored  up... 
Birds. ..Axes. ..Drums...  Grass  from  which  the  Guayaquil  hats  are  made...  Sarsaparilla  Roots... 
Blow-gun  or  Pucuna  of  the  Indians. 

It  is  made  of  any  long,  straight  piece  of  wood,  generally  a  species  of  palm.  The  pole  is  divided  longitudi- 
nally: a  canal  hollowed  out  along  the  centre  of  each  part,  which  is  well  smoothed  and  polished;  the  two 
parts  are  then  fastened  together  with  twine,  and  the  whole  covered  with  wax,  mixed  with  some  resin  of  the 
forest,  to  make  it  hard.  A  couple  of  boar's  teeth  are  fitted  on  each  side  at  the  mouth  end,  and  one  of  the 
curved  front  teeth  of  a  small  animal  is  placed  on  the  top  for  a  sight.  The  arrow  is  made  ~f  light  wood — the 
wild  cane,  or  the  middle  fibre  of  a  species  of  palm  leaf— which  is  about  a  foot  in  length,  and  of  the  thickness 
of  an  ordinary  lucifer  match.  The  end  of  the  arrow  which  is  placed  next  to  the  mouth  is  wrapped  with  a 
light,  delicate  sort  of  wild  cotton,  and  the  other  end,  very  sharply  pointed,  is  dipped  in  a  vegetable  poison,  pre- 
pared from  the  juice  of  the  creeper,  mixed  with  strong  red  pepper.  ^V  ith  this  instrument  the  Indian  will  kill 
a  small  bird  at  thirty  or  forty  paces.  They  never  discharge  the  pucuna  at  a  snake,  for  fear  of  the  gun  being 
made  crooked  like  the  reptile. 

Hammock  made  of  the  fibres  of  the  budding  top  of  a  species  of  palm. 

The  tree  is  very  hard,  and  is  defended  with  long,  sharp  thorns,  so  that  it  is  a  labor  of  a  day  to  cut  a  top, 
split  the  leaves  into  strips  of  convenient  breadth,  and  strip  off  the  fibres,  which  are  the  outer  covering  of  the 
leaves.  One  top  usually  yields  about  half  a  pound  of  fibres :  and  when  it  is  considered  that  these  fibres  have  to 
be  twisted,  a  portion  of  them  dyed,  and  then  woven,  it  will  be  seen  that  the  Indian  is  poorly  paid  when  he  re- 
ceives tor  a  hammock  12£  cents. 

Hymeneal  Bracelets. 

An  Indian  cnnnot  take  a  wife  until  he  has  passed  his  arms  at  least  ten  times  through  long  stalks  of  the 
palm  tree  filled  intentionally  with  large,  venomous  ants.  When  muffled  in  these  terrible  mittens,  the  Indian 
is  obliged  to  siug  and  dance  before  every  cabin. 

India  Rubber. 

Gathered  between  July  and  January. 

The  tree  is  tall,  straight,  and  has  a  smooth  bark.  It  is  sometimes  eighteen  inches  in  diameter.  The  milk  is 
white  and  tasteless,  and  may  be  swallowed  with  impunity.  A  gash  is  made  in  the  bark, and  a  small  clay  cup 
stuck  to  the  tree  beneath  the  gash.  In  about  four  hours  the  milk  ceases  to  run,  and  each  wound  has  given 
from  3  to  5  table-spoonsfull.  The  milk  is  then  poured  into  earthen  vessels  and  smoked.  After  it  is  prepared, 
it  is  nearly  as  white  as  milk,  and  gets  its  color  from  age.  An  industrious  man  can  make  16  pounds  of  rubber 
a  day. 

CASE  85. 

Monrovia,  Africa. — Specimens  of  Negro  Manufactures:  Cloths,  Bags,  Hammocks, 
Paddles,  Head-Dresses,  Fans,  Bricks,  Shoes,  &c... Water  Jars,  used  by  the  women  of 
Cape  Palmas... Native  Harp. ..Amulets. 

CASE  86. 

Unoccupied. 

Attached  to  the  iron  railing,  designed  and  manufactured  expressly  for  this  Institution  at 
the  well-known  establishment  of  E.  W.  SHIPPED,  3022  Market  street,  Philadelphia,  which 
protects  the  upper  gallery,  is  a  splendid  collection  of  Horns  and  Antlers  of  Elks,  Deer,  &c. 


CATALOGUE  OF  WOEKS  OF  AET. 

WEST  WING,   FIRST  FLOOR,   BETWEEN  THE   MUSEUM   AND   THE   LIBRARY. 


COMMENCING  AT  THE  SOUTHWEST  CORNER  OF  THE  ROOM. 

t.  PORTRAIT  OP  JOHN  TYLER,  President  of  the  U.  S.,  born  29th  March,  1790.     By  Healy 

2.  MASSACRE  OF  THE  INNOCENTS.     Artist  unknown. 

3.  CHRIST  HEALING  THE  SICK.     Etching  by  Rembrandt. 

4.  FULL-LENGTH  PORTRAIT  OF  GUIZOT,  Prime  Minister  of  Louis  Phillippe,  a  celebrated 

French  Statesman.     Painted  by  Healy  from  life. 

5.  PORTRAIT  OF  HON.  WM.  C.  PRESTON,  of  S.  C.   By  Healy. 

6.  GROUP  IN  PLASTER,  designed  to  ornament  U.  S.  Capitol,  but  not  used.     By  F.  Pettrich. 

7.  UNFINISHED  PORTRAIT  OF  GEN.  ZACHARY  TAYLOR,  President  of  the  U.  S.,  born  24th 

Nov.,  1784,  died  9th  July,  1850.     This  was  commenced  a  few  days  before  Gen.  Tay- 
lor's death,  and  is  the  last  sketch  taken  of  him.     By  Vanderwort. 

8.  BUST  OF  HON.  JAMES  L.  ORR,  born  12th  May,  1822.    Speaker  of  the  House  of  Repre- 

sentatives, 35th  Congress. 

9.  GIRL  FISHING.    By  F.  Pettrich. 

10.  BUST  OF  BENJ.  HALLOWELL,  for  many  years  Principal  of  a  noted  Boys'  School  in  Alex- 

andria, Va.     By  Bailey,  a  pupil  of  the  school. 

11.  F.  PETTRICH,  ARTIST,  AND  HIS  FAMILY. 

12.  BUST  OF  CLARK  MILLS,  the  artist  who  designed  and  cast  the  Jackson  Statue  and  the 

Washington  Statue,  in  the  city  of  Washington. 

13.  SLEEPING  CHILD.     Design  by  F.  Pettrich. 

14.  BUST  OF  WM.  NORRIS,  the  locomotive  and  engine  builder,  in  Philadelphia. 

15.  BUST  OF  FRANCIS  P.  BLAIR,  formerly  editor  of  the  "  Congressional  Globe."  By  C.  Mills. 

16.  BUST  OF  CHARLES  DICKENS,  the  celebrated  novelist. 

17.  PORTRAIT  OF  CAPT.  JOHN  EVANS,  one  of  the  earliest  American  merchants.     Painted  by 

Copley. 

18.  A  BISHOP  OF  ENGLAND  IN  OLDEN  TIME.    Name  and  artist  unknown. 

19.  MOORISH  BATTLE  PIECE.    Artist  unknown. 

20.  BUST  OF  DANIEL  WEBSTER,  the  illustrious  statesman,  born  18th  January,  1782,  died 

24th  October,  1852. 

21.  BUST  OF  MARTIN  VAN  BUREN,  President  of  the  U.  S.     Pettrich,  artist. 

22.  BUST  OF  HON.  JOHN  C.  SPENCER. 

23.  SLEEPING  GIRL.    Pettrich. 

24.  BUST — Miss  FAIRFIELD.    By  C.  Mills. 

25.  BUST— Miss  HAMPTON.    By  C.  Mills. 

26.  BOY  HUNTER.    Pettrich. 

27.  BUST  OF  DR.  WM.  DARLINGTON,  of  Westchester,  Pa.    One  of  the  most  noted  American 

botanists. 

28.  DESIGN  FOR  CAPITOL. 


^9 •  &m  *t*tf 

-4*-4     yJt  MI      |-J-4J4 

V^l  ^f        'J*£*4 


mum 


OFFICE,    11J3   <3c 


0fM^toforh 


CAPITAL  STOCK,  (all  paid  in) 
SURPLUS,  over,     -       -       -       - 


$1,000,000 
400,000 


This  Company  continues  to  Insure  Buildings,  Merchandise,  Ships  in  Port  and  their  Cargoes, 
Household  Furniture  and  Personal  Property  generally,  against  loss  or  damage  by  Fire* 
on  favorable  terms. 

LOSSES  EQUITABLY  ADJUSTED  AND  PROMPTLY  PAID. 


THIS  COMPANY  HAS  AGENTS  IN  ALL  THE  PRINCIPAL  CITIES  AND  TOWNS  IN  THE  UNITED  STATES, 


IDIIREOTOIElSi 

CHARLES  J.  MARTIN President. 

A.  F.  WILLMARTH Vice  President. 

WILLIAM  G.  LAMBERT Firm  of  A.  &  A.  Lawrence  &  Co. 

GEORGE  C.  COLLINS "      Sherman,  Collins  &  Co. 

DANFORD  N.  BARNEY "      Wells,  Fargo  &  Co. 

LUCIUS   HOPKINS President  Importers'  and  Traders'  Bank. 

THOMAS  MESSENGER Firm  of  T.  &  H.  Messenger. 

WILLIAM  H.  MELLEN "      Claflin,  Mellen  &  Co. 

CHARLES  B.  HATCH "      C.  B.  Hatch  &  Co. 

B.  WATSON  BULL "      Haskell,  Merrick  &  Bull. 

HOMER  MORGAN 

LEVI  P.  STONE 

JAMES  HUMPHREY late 

GEORGE  PEARCE 

WARD   A.  WORK 

JAMES  LOW 

I.  H.  FROTHINGHAM late 

CHARLES  A.  BULKLEY 

CEPHAS  H.  NORTON 

ROE  LOCKWOOD 

THEODORE  McNAMEE late 

RICHARD  BIGELOW 

CURTIS  NOBLE 

GEORGE  D.  MORGAN 

OLIVER  E.  WOOD 

ALFRED  S.  BARNES 

GEORGE  BLISS 

AMOS  T.  DWIGHT 

LYMAN  COOKE 

LEVI  P.  MORTON 

JOHN  B.  HUTCHINSON 

CHARLES  P.  BALDWIN 

JOHN  G.  NELSON late 

HENRY  A.  HURLBUT 

JESSE  HOYT 

WM.  STURGIS,JR 

JOHN  R.  FORD 

SIDNEY  MAPON , late 

<iKO   T.  STEDMAN 

CYRUS  YALE,  JR 

WM.  11.  FOSD1CK 

DAVID  I.  BOYD 

F.  II.  COSSITT 

LEWIS  ROBERTS 

SAMUEL  B.  CALDWELL 


J.  MILTON  SMITH,  Secretary. 
JOHN  McGEE,  Asst.  Secretary. 


Stone,  Starr  &  Co. 

Barney,  Humphrey  &  Butler. 

'  George  Pearce  &  Co. 

[  Ward  A.  Work  &  Son. 

1  James  Low  &  Co.,  Louisville. 

'  I.  H.  Frothingham  &  Co. 

'•  Bulkley  &  Co. 

;  Norton  &  Jewett. 

'  R.  Lockwood  &  Son. 

'  Bowen.  McNamee  &  Co. 

'  Doan,  King  &  Co.,  St.  Louis. 

•  Condit  &  Noble. 

'  E.  D.  Morgan  &  Co. 

<  Willard,  Wood  &  Co. 
'  A.  S.  Barnes  &  Co. 

'  Phelps,  Bliss  &  Co. 

[  Trowbridge,  Dwight  &  Co. 

«  Cooke,  Dowd,  Baker  &  Co. 

1  Morton,  Grinnell  &  Co. 

«  J.  C.  Howe  &  Co.,  Boston. 

'  Baldwin,  Starr  &  Co. 

«  Nelson  &  Co. 

«  Swift,  Hurlbut  &  Co. 

'  Jesse  Hoyt  &  Co. 

'  Sturgis,  Shaw  &  Co. 

'  Ford  Rubber  Co. 

'  Mason  &  Thompson. 

'  Stedman,  Carlile  &  Shaw.  Cincinnati. 

'  Cyrus  Yale,  Jr.,  &  Co.,  New  Orleans. 

«  Wm.  R.  &  Chas.  B.  Fosdick. 

<  Boyd  Brothers  &  Co.,  Albany,  N.  Y. 

<  Cowsitt,  Hill  &  Talmadge,  Memphis.      . 
L.  Roberts  &  Co. 

'  Brewer  &  Caldwell. 

CHARLES  J.  MARTIN,  President. 
A.   F.   WILLMARTH,  Vice  Pratt. 


Ifye  Sirobei* 


GROVER  &  BAKER'S 


CELEBRATED 
3UE  I 


HAVING  GREATLY  INCREASED  THEIR  FACILITIES  FOR  MANUFACTURING  THEIR  CELEBRATED 


•WITH  ALL  THE  RECENT  IMPROVEMENTS,   OFFER  FOR  8ALB 

NEW  STYLES,  AT  REDUCED  PRICES. 


It  is  no  longer  questioned  that  these  Machines  are  the  best  in  use  for  Family  Sewing. 

They 

HE^E,     FEnLH,.,     G-^TIHIEIR,.,     .A-HXTD     S  TITOS, 

In  the  most  superior  manner,  and  are  the  only  machines  in  the  market  that  are  so  well  and 
simply  made,  that  they  may  be  sent  into  families  with  no  other  instructions  than  are  con- 
tained in  a  circular  which  accompanies  each  machine,  and  from  which 


May  readily  learn  how  to  use  them,  and  keep  them  in  order.     They  make  upwards  of 
Ufiftoeia.    lEXvizaLclx-ecSL    Stitc3btos    A.    3VEiaa.TJ.to, 

And  will  do  the  sewing  of  a  family  cheaper  than  a  seamstress  can  do  it,  even  if  she  works 

at  the  rate  of 

OAK  CENT  AN  HOUR. 

Is  there  a  husband,  father,  or  brother  in  the  United  States,  who  will  permit  the  drudgery 
of  hand  sewing  in  his  family,  when  a  Grover  &  Baker  Machine  will  do  it  better,  more  expc- 
ditiously,  and  cheaper  than  can  possibly  be  done  by  hand  ? 

Offices  of  Exhibition  and  Sale.  —  495  Broadway,  New  York;  18  Summer  st., 
Boston;  730  Chestnut  street,  Philadelphia;  181  Baltimore  street,  Baltimore  ; 
58  West  Fourth  street,  Cincinnati;  336  Pennsylvania  Avenue,  Washington, 
D.  C. 

Agencies  in  all  the  principal  Cities  and  Towns  of  the 

States. 


SEND  FOR  A  CIRCULAR. 


"  My  object  is  to  call  attention  to  the  fact,  that  a  Policy  of  Life  Insurance  is  the  cheapest  and  safest  mode  of 
making  a  certain  provision  for  one's  family." — BENJAMIN  FRANKLIN. 

"  One  should  insure  in  health,  as  sickness  may  suddenly  overtake  the  most  robust,  and  disqualify  him  for 
insurance." 

'•  Life  Insurance  the  best  investment.  If  long  lived,  the  insured  obtains  a  good  interest  on  the  premium 
paid,  in  cash  dividends,  and  in  most  instances  a  very  large  return  for  a  small  outlay.  In  case  of  death,  there  is 
a  great  advantage  over  Savings  Banks." 

"  The  average  length  of  human  life  is  only  thirty-three  years.  Of  500  persons,  only  one  lives  80  years :  and 
of  100,  only  6  live  65  years." 


ZSTEW    ENGLAND 

tm  mstnuutoe 

BOSTON,    MASS.     PTJKELY    MUTUAL. 


BRANCH  OFFICE,  110  BROADWAY,  NEW  YORK  CITY. 


Accumulated  Capital $1,110,622.21 

After  paying  Losses  over 600,000.00 

And  Dividends  (in  cash)  over-       -       -       -        500,000.00 


WILLARD  PHILLIPS,  PRESIDENT. 

DIRECTORS: 

CHARLES  P.  CURTIS.  SEWELL  TAPPAN  A.  W.  THAXTER,  JR. 

MARSHALL  P.  WILDER.  CHARLES  HUBBARD.  GEORGE  H.  FOLGER. 

THOS.  A.  DEXTER.  WILLIAM  B.  REYNOLDS.  PATRICK  T.  JACKSON. 

B.  F.  STEVENS,  SECRETARY. 


The  surplus  is  divided  among  all  the  policy  holders,  in  CASH,  thus  affording  a 
good  and  certain  rate  of  interest  upon  the  outlay  of  premiums,  and  avoiding  the 
large  and  unnecessary  accumulations  of  unpaid  dividends  of  uncertain  tendency, 
and  erroneously  called  capital. 

One-half  of  the  first  five  annual  premiums  on  life  policies  loaned  to  insurers  if 
desired ;  the  remaining  half  may  be  paid  quarterly. 

The  premiums  are  as  low  as  those  of  any  reliable  Company. 

1^"  This  is  the  oldest  American  Mutual  Life  Insurance 
Company,  and  one  of  the  most  successful,  and  is  purely  Mutual, 
dividing  all  the  Surplus  Profits  among  all  the  Insured. 

Insurance  may  be  effected  for  the  benefit  of  married  women,  beyond  the  reach 
of  their  husbands'  creditors.  Creditors  may  insure  the  lives  of  debtors. 

Blank  forms  of  application  for  Insurance,  or  the  Company's  Pamphlet,  con- 
taining the  charter,  rules  and  regulations,  also  the  annual  reports,  showing  the 
condition  of  the  Company,  and  information  concerning  Life  Insurance  generally, 
will  be  furnished  by  addressing  the 


Metropolitan  Bank  Building^  HO  Broadway,  cor.  Pine  St. 

JOHN  HOPPER, 

Agent  and  Attorney. 

THIS  COMPANY  HAS  JUST  DECLARED  A  DIVIDEND  OF  $335,763,  PAYABLE 
(IN  CASH)  TO  ALL  HOLDING  POLICIES. 


I.  M,  SINGER  &  CO.'S 

IMPROVED 


8SWIM© 


iEOi^x 

r-A-iNriA 

(UNDER  THE  NATIONAL  HOTEL,) 


388 


These  Machines  are  superior  for  all  manufacturing  pur- 
poses. They  are  more  desirable  for  all  kinds  of  family 
sewing  ;  capable  of  doing  a  greater  variety  of  work  ;  per- 
fectly simple,  easily  kept  in  order,  and  are  much  cheaper, 
because  they  earn  more  money.  They  are  just  the  machines 
for  every  family.  We  invite  all  to  call  at  our  Office,  No.  388 
Pennsylvania  Avenue,  and  examine  them  and  their  work. 
The  great  economy  in  using  such  a  machine  will  at  once 
become  apparent.  Explanations  given  to  all. 

Circulars,  illustrating  all  of  SINGER'S  SEWING  MACHINES, 
with  specimens  of  their  work,  furnished  to  all  or  sent  to 
any  address. 

A  good  assortment  of  THREAD,  NEEDLES,  TWIST,  and 
other  machine  findings  kept  on  hand  by 

I.  M.  SINGER  &  CO., 

Central  Office,  458  Broadway  ',  New  York. 
WILLIAM  H.  GLOVER,  AGENT, 

Washington  City,  D.  C. 

SAMUEL  P.  HOOVER'S 

WHOLESALE  AND  RETAIL 

BOOT,  SHOE,  AND  TRUNK 


No.  320  Fenna,  Av.,  between  9th  and  10th  sts. 
WASHITOTOF,  B.  G, 


AT   ALL   TIMES   ON   HAND 


OF 


ALSO, 


Ladies7  and  Gentlemen's  Traveling  Trunks, 

VALISES,  CARPET  AND  LEATHER  BAGS,  ALL  QUALITIES,  CHEAP  FOR  THE 
CASH,  AND  CASH  ONLY. 


o 


S- 


l 


o  e 

W  I* 

00 

sr  S 

i  s 

i  f 


e- 

cxo 


ff  »« 

"I  "--  BV 

I  ^ 

u    I 

p  "£ 
Z' 


U 

0 


0  ti 
^  Hn 

JTJ  ^^ 

1  2 

s  3 

§  ra 


§  - 


C/> 


Q 
0 


H 

? 
U 
0 

< 

©  h 


uu 

© 
© 

^ 

D 


*3 
ffl 


(& 


& 


C^3 

«=a 
^ 


t^3 


D 


6?> 

^|> 

©  r 
&  H 

e»  ^ 


™  H 
m       g 

3 

S> 

a 


Q 


^ 

^ 
^ 
^ 


t>"*_  H  w 
$f?%& 

^iW  3 

rf '  .w!  • .  ySfl 

pgS^ 
>  j^  © 

Slb,^ 

VJ  •*  i— I 

K  hJ    CX 

GO    ^>  Z    = 

"    3  w  ^ 

glli 

«  «      ^^^  *^ — * 

fcrf  ^ 

l/'2 

s  ^^ 

NIS 

€H 

^So 

i_       ^    (J     ^^ 

b»  jjr  w     n 

K       H  ^J 
25  ^  Z  [M! 

g  |  S  ^ 

s   I 

g   § 


d> 

-» 

6 


^* 


P3 


«5ij 


<-^> 


OS® 


« 

J5 


HORACE  WATERS,  Agent, 

No.  333  BROADWAY,  N.  Y., 


PIANOS,  MELODEONS,  ALEXANDRE  ORGANS, 

Organ  Accordeons,  Martin's  celebrated  and  other  Guitars,  Violins,  Tenor  Viols,  Violincellos, 

Accordeons,  Flutinas,  Flutes,  Fifes,  Clarionets,  Triangles,  Tuning  Forks,  Pipes  and 

Hammers,  Violin  Bows,  best  Italian  Strings,  Brass  Instruments  for  bands, 

Piano  Stools  and  Covers,  and  all  kinds  of  Musical  Instruments. 

SHEET  MUSIC,  from  all  the  publishers  in  the  United  States  ;  Bertini's,  Huntin's,  and 
Modern  School,  and  all  kinds  of  Instruction  Books  for  the  above  Instruments;  Church 
Music  Books;  Music  elegantly  bound;  Music  Paper,  and  all  kinds  of  Music  Merchandise, 

AT  THE  LOWEST  PRICES. 

NEW  PIANOS,  at  $175,  $200,  $225,  $250,  and  up  to  $800;  SECOND  HAND  PIANOS, 
from  $25  up  to  $160  ;  NEW  MELODEONS,  $45,  $60,  $75,  $100,  and  up  to  $200  ;  SEC- 
OND HAND  MELODEONS,  from  $30  to  $80  ;  ALEXANDRE  ORGANS,  with  five  stops, 
$160;  nine  stops,  $185  and  $255;  thirteen  stops,  $250,  $275,  and  $300;  fifteen  stops, 
$320  and  $375.  A  liberal  discount  to  Clergymen,  Churches,  Sabbath  Schools,  Seminaries, 
and  Teachers.  The  Trade  supplied  at  the  usual  trade  discounts. 

PIAJSFOS,  MELOBEOSFS,  AOT  OR&AFS. 

The  HORACE  WATERS  PIANOS  AND  MELODEONS,  for  depth,  purity  of  tone,  and 
durability,  are  unsurpassed.  Prices  reasonable.  Second  Hand  Pianos  and  Melodeons  from 
$25  to  $150. 

"  The  Horace  Waters  Pianos  are  known  as  among  the  very  best."  —  Evangelist.  "  We  can 
speak  of  their  merits  from  personal  knowledge."  —  Christian  Intelligencer.  "Waters'  Pianos 
and  Melodeons  challenge  comparison  with  the  finest  made  any  where  in  the  country."  —  Home 
Journal. 

"  We  have  two  of  Waters'  Pianos  in  use  in  our  Seminary,  one  of  which  has  been  severely 
tested  for  three  years,  and  we  can  testify  to  their  good  quality  and  durability."  —  WOOD 
&  GREGORY,  Mount  Carroll,  III. 

"  H.  WATERS,  Esq.  —  Dear  Sir  :  Having  used  one  of  your  Piano-Fortes  for  two  years  past, 
I  have  found  it  a  very  superior  instrument.  ALONZO  GRAY, 

Principal  Brooklyn  Heights  Seminary.'' 

"  The  Piano  I  received  from  you  continues  to  give  satisfaction.  I  regard  it  as  one  of  the 
best  instruments  in  the  place."  —  JAMES  L.  CLARK,  Charlestown,  Va. 

"  Your  Piano  pleases  us  well.  It  is  the  best  one  in  our  county."  —  THOMAS  A. 
LATHAM,  Campbellton,  Ga. 

The  Horace  Waters  Pianos  are  built  of  the  best  and  most  thoroughly  seasoned  material. 
We  have  no  doubt  that  buyers  can  do  as  well,  perhaps  better,  at  this  than  at  any  other 
house  in  the  Union."  —  Advocate  and  Journal. 

11  Our  friends  will  find  at  Mr.  Waters'  store  the  very  best  assortment  of  Music  and  of 
Pianos  to  be  found  in  the  United  States,  and  we  urge  our  southern  and  western  friends  to 
give  him  a  call  whenever  they  go  to  New  York."  —  Graham's  Magazine. 

WAREROOMS,  333  BROADWAY,  NEW  YORK. 


SCHOOL,  BELL. 


77,000  issued  in  seven  months!  The  unprecedented  sale  of  this  book  has  induced  the  publisher  to  add  some 
36  new  tunes  and  hymns  to  its  present  size,  without  extra  charge,  except  on  the  cheap  edition.  Among  the 
many  beautiful  tunes  and  hymns  added  maybe  found:  "  I  ought  to  love  my  mother."  "  Oh,  I'll  be  a  good 
child,  indeed  I  will."  These,  and  eight  others  from  the  Bell,  were  sung  at  the  Sunday-School  Anniversary  of 
the  M.  E.  Church,  at  the  Academy  of  Music,  with  great  applause.  The  Bell  contains  nearly  200  tunes  and 
hymns,  and  is  one  of  the  best  collections  ever  issued.  Price  12c  ;  $10  per  hundred,  postage  2  cents;  bound  20 
cents:  $15  per  100,  postage  4  cents.  Elegantly  bound,  embossed  guilt,  25  cents;  $20  per  100.  It  has  been  intro- 
duced into  many  of  the  Public  Schools. 

The  BELL  is  published  in  small  numbers,  entitled  Anniversary  and  Sunday  School  Music  Books,  Nos.  1,2,3,  and  4, 
in  order  to  accommodate  the  million.  Price  s2  and  .<3  per  100.  No.  5  will  soon  be  issued  —  commencement  of 
another  book.  Also,  Revival  Music  Books.  Nos.  1  and  2,  price'>l  and  £2  per  100,  postage  1  cent.  More  than 
300,000  copies  of  the  above  books  have  been  issued  the  past  eighteen  months,  and  the  demand  is  rapidly  increas- 
ing. Published  by 

HORACE  WATERS,  Ag't,  333  Broadway,  N.  Y. 


PUBLIC  BUILDINGS 

AND 

STATUES  OF  WASHINGTON  CITY, 


THIS    COLLECTION   CONSISTS   OF 
EMBRACING 

EVERYTHING  OF  INTEREST  TO  A  STRANGER, 

With  a  description  of  the  same,  neatly  put  up  in  a  gilt  case,  which  can  be  found  at  any  of 

our  Bookstores. 

THIS  WORK  NO  STRANGER  SHOULD  BE  WITHOUT. 

1600  PICTORIAL  ILLUSTRATIONS  ! ! ! 


UNABRIDGED 


DICTIONARY. 


ipB  fitted 


IjOO  Pictorial  Illustrations. 

We  have  just  issued  a  new  edition  of  Webster's  Unabridged  Dictionary,  containing  Fif- 
teen Hundred  Pictorial  Illustrations,  beautifully  executed. 
9,000  TO  10,000  NEW  WORDS   IN  THE  VOCABULARY,   TABLE  OF  SYNONYMS,   BY 

PROF.   GOODRICH, 

in  which  MORE  THAN  Two  THOUSAND  WORDS  are  carefully  discriminated,  forming  a  fuller 
work  on  English  Synonyms,  of  itself,  than  any  other  issued,  besides  Crabb,  and  believed  to 
be  in  advance  of  that. 

TABLE  GIVING  PRONUNCIATION  OF  NAMES  OF  8,000  DISTINGUISHED  PERSONS 

OF  MODERN  TIMES, 

Peculiar  use  of  Words  and  Terms  in  the  Bible,  with  other  new  features,  together  with  ALL 
THE  MATTER  OF  PREVIOUS  EDITIONS, 

Comprised  in  a  Volume  of  175O  pages. 

Sold  by  all  Booksellers. 

<«.  &  €.  JllUtltl A Jl, 

SPRINGFIELD.,  MASS, 


PERRY 


VEGETABLE  FAIN  KILLER, 

THE  GREAT  FAMILY  MEDICINE  OF  THE  AGE!!! 


TJIKJEJT 

SUDDEN  COLDS,  COUGHS,  Ac., 

WEAK  STOMACH, 

GENERAL  DEBILITY, 

NURSING  SORE  MOUTH,  CANKER, 

LIVER  COMPLAINT, 

DYSPEPSIA  OR  INDIGESTION, 

CRAMP  AND  PAIN  IN  THE  STOMACH, 

BOWEL  COMPLAINT, 

PAINTERS'  COLIC,  ASIATIC  CHOLERA, 

DIARRHCEA  AND  DYSENTERY, 


TAKEJV 

FELONS,  BOILS,  AND  OLD  SORES, 

SEVERE  BURNS  AND  SCALDS, 

CUTS,  BRUISES,  AND  SPRAINS, 

SWELLING  OF  THE  JOINTS, 

RINGWORM  AND  TETTER, 

BROKEN  BREASTS, 

FROSTED  FEET  AND  CHILBLAINS, 

TOOTHACHE, 

PAIN  IN  THE  FACE, 

NEURALGIA  AND  RHEUMATISM. 


CURES 


The  PAIN  KILLER  is  by  universal  consent  allowed  to  have  won  for  itself  a  reputation 
unsurpassed  in  the  history  of  medical  preparations.  Its  instantaneous  effect  in  the  entire 
eradication  and  extinction  of  PAIN  in  all  its  various  forms  incidental  to  the  human  family, 
and  the  unsolicited  written  and  verbal  testimony  of  the  masses  in  its  favor,  have  been  and 
are  its  own  best  advertisement. 

The  ingredients  which  enter  into  the  PAIN  KILLER,  being  PURELY  VEGETABLE, 
render  it  a  PERFECTLY  SAFE  and  efficacious  remedy  taken  internally,  as  well  as  for 
external  applications,  when  used  according  to  the  directions.  The  slight  slain  upon  linen 
from  its  use  in  external  applications,  is  readily  removed  by  washing  with  a  little  alcohol. 

This  medicine,  so  justly  celebrated  for  the  cure  of  BO  many  of  the  afflictions  incident  to 
the  human  family,  has  now  been  before  the  public  about  EIGHTEEN  YEARS,  and  has 
found  its  way  into  almost  every  corner  of  the  world ;  and  wherever  it  has  been  used,  the 
same  opinion  is  expressed  of  its  real  medicinal  properties. 

In  any  attack  where  prompt  action  upon  the  system  is  required,  the  PAIN  KILLER  is 
invaluable.  Its  almost  instantaneous  effect  in  RELIEVING  PAIN  is  truly  wonderful,  and 
when  used  according  to  directions  is  true  to  its  name, 


It  is,  in  truth,  a  FAMILY  MEDICINE,  and  should  be  kept  in  every  family  for  immediate 
use.  Persons  traveling  should  always  have  a  bottle  of  this  remedy  with  them.  It  is  not 
unfrequently  the  case  that  persons  are  attacked  with  disease,  and  before  medical  aid  can  be 
procured,  the  patient  is  beyond  the  hope  of  recovery.  Captains  of  vessels  should  always 
supply  themselves  with  a  few  bottles  of  this  remedy  before  leaving  port,  as  by  so  doing  they 
will  always  be  in  possession  of  an  invaluable  remedy  to  resort  to  in  cases  of  accidents  and 
sudden  attacks  of  sickness.  It  has  been  used  in 


and  never  has  failed  in  a  single  case,  where  it  was  thoroughly  applied  on  the  first  appearance 
of  the  symptoms. 

Obtain  a  copy  of  the  PEOPLE'S  PAMPHLET,  which  contains  full  directions  for  ueing 
the  PAIN  KILLER,  together  with  a  brief  sketch  of  the  first  introduction  of  the  medicine, 
recommendatory  notices,  certificates,  &c.,  &c. 

The  present  form,  (adopted  July  1,  1854,)  in  which  the  Pain  Killer  is  put  up,  is  a  flat 
panel  bottle  (four  sizes)  with  the  words  "DAVIS'  VEGETABLE  PAIN  KILLER"  blown 
in  the  glass,  on  one  side  of  which  is  a  miniature  likeness  of  Perry  Davis,  the  original  in- 
ventor of  the  medicine  ;  on  the  opposite  our  note  of  hand,  to  counterfeit  which  is  held  to  be 
forgery  by  the  laws  of  theJJnited  States.  These  labels  are  finely  executed  steel  engravings, 
and  the  increased  cost  attending  the  execution  and  printing  of  the  same,  is  incurred  for  the 
protection  of  the  public  against  counterfeits,  to  which  a  less  expensive  style  is  liable. 

To  those  who  have  so  long  used  and  proved  the  merits  of  our  article,  we  would  say  that 
we  shall  continue  to  prepare  our  Pain  Killer  of  the  best  and  purest  materials,  and  that  it 
shall  be  every  way  worthy  of  their  approbation  as  a  family  medicine. 

PRICES,  121  cents,  25  cents,  50  cents,  and  1$  per  Bottle. 

BEWARE  OF  COUNTERFEITS  AND  IMITATIONS. 


MANUFACTURERS  AND  PROPRIETORS,  74  HIGH  ST.,  PROVIDENCE,  R.  I. 


WM:. 

498  Seventh  street,  two  doors  above  Odd-Fellows'  Hall, 


Has  the  Depository  in  this  city  of  the  Publications  of  the  American  Bible  Society  ;  Meth- 
odist Book  Concern  ;  Robert  Carter  &  Brothers  ;  Gould  &  Lincoln  ;  Presbyterian  'Board  ; 
American  Tract  Society ;  Evangelical  Knowledge  Society  ;  American  Sunday  School  Union  ; 
Massachusetts  Sabbath  School  Society ;  and  all  the  principal  Religious  Publishers.  Also, 
a  great  variety  of  Historical  and  Miscellaneous  Works,  Hymn  Books,  Bibles,  and  Prayer 
Books,  in  plain  and  superb  bindings ;  attractive  and  choice  Juvenile  Books,  suitable  for 
Gifts  and  Sunday  School  Libraries ;  School  Books,  Blank  Books,  Staple  and  Fancy  Sta- 
tionery ;  Pocket  Knives,  Porte-Monnaies,  Portfolios,  Writing  Desks,  Gold  Pens,  &c. 


FIRE  AND  LIFE  INSURANCE  OFFICE 

J.    O.    LEWIS, 

Life  and  Fire  Insurance  on  the  best  terms.     Capitals  very  large,  and  parties  par- 
ticipate in  the  profits. 


THE    WHOLESALE   DEPOT   OF 


WHICH  IS  CURING  SO  MANY  OF  THE  AFFLICTED. 


THOS.  E.  LLOYD. 


CHAS.  C.  TUCKER. 


TUCKER    &    LLOYD, 


AGENTS  FOR  PROCURING 


AND  DEALERS  IN 


LAND  WARRANTS  AND  REAL  ESTATE, 


Land  Warrants  bought,  sold,  and  located.  Collections  made  throughout  the  United  States 
and  Canadas.  Titles  to  Western  Lands  examined,  and  Taxes  paid  for  non-residents.  Old 
Land  Patents  purchased,  and  titles  to  land  granted  for  military  services,  and  other  claims 
for  real  estate,  investigated  and  prosecuted. 

Office,  No.  474  Seventh  st,  opposite  City  Post  Office, 


D  AILE  Y  ,  M 


No.  352  Pennsylvania  Avenue, 


W.  G.  METZEROTT'S 


SIXTEEN  BEAUTIFUL  STEEl  ENGBAVWCS, 

Comprising  all  the   Public   Buildings  and  places  of  interest   in    the   District. 
PRICE  $1.     FOR  SALE  AT  ALL  BOOKSTORES. 


JEROME    !>. 


AGENT  FOR  BUYING  AND  SELLING  REAL  ESTATE, 

AND    FOR 

iJ\Ii!2)  &L&3J23 


OFFICE  : 
ROOMS  OF  YOUNG  MEN'S  CHRISTIAN  ASSOCIATION, 

OPPOSITE   BROWNS'    HOTEL, 


M^ISTTJAJL 


OF 


k  libraries,  Sfirdefes,  ani|nstitoti0nst 


IN  THE 


United  States  and  British  Provinces  of  North  imerica. 

Historical  and  Statistical,  with  a  full  list  of  Colleges,  Societies,  Associations, 
&c.,  &c.,  invaluable  to  Authors,  Booksellers,  Publishers,  &c.  One  large  octavo 
volume  of  700  pages,  printed  and  bound  in  the  best  style.  PRICE,  THREE 
DOLLARS. 


11!  f  I  f  II 


With  twenty-three  illustrations,  8vo.,  74  pages.     PRICE,  FIFTY  CENTS. 
Address  WM.  J.  RHEES,  Washington,  D.  C, 


WASHINGTON  MEDALLION  PEN! 


Merchant,  Lawyer,  Physician,  Clergyman,  Editor,  Author, 
Mechanic,  and  Farmer, 

And  those  who  are  to  fill  these  professions  hereafter — SCHOOL  CHILDREN — you  daily  have 
occasion  for  writing — some  much,  some  but  little ;  but  be  it  much  or  little,  you  find  it  a 
task.  If  you  would  be  relieved  of  much  of  the  annoyance  that  you  now  experience  in 
writing,  procure  the 


WHICH    IS    THE   OJYL.Y    STEEL  fEJV  MANUFACTURED   IJV  AMERICA. 


The  following  from  the  Boston 
Traveler  and  Daily  News  speaks  of 
the  quality  distinctly  enough  to 
make  further  commendation  unne- 
cessary : 

The  WASHINGTON  MEDALLION  PEN. 
We  wish  to  call  the  attention  of  our 
readers  to  this  Pen.  We  have  given 
it  a  thorough  trial,  and  do  not  hesi- 
tate to  recommend  it  as  the  very 
best  article  that  we  have  ever  held 
between  our  thumb  and  finger.  It 
is  as  soft  as  a  quill,  and  yet  suifi- 
ciently  firm,  and  it  makes,  when 
necessary,  the  finest  hair  line.  It 
is  a  satisfaction  to  work  with  it; 
and  if  our  paragraphs  are  ever  in- 
correct or  dull,  or  our  spelling  bad, 
it  will  not  be  this  Pen's  fault. — 
Boston  Traveler,  Jan.  14. 


WASHINGTON  MEDALLION  PEN. — 
This  favorite  and  purely  American 
Pen  appears  to  be  coming  into  uni- 
versal use,  and  is  likely  soon  to  dis- 
place the  foreign  article  altogether. 
We  have  never  used  a  metallic  Pen 
of  so  much  delicacy  and  elasticity, 
that  runs  so  smoothly,  lasts  so  long, 
or  front  which  the  writing  fluid 
flows  so  exactly  in  the  right  quantity, 
as  the  WASHINGTON  MEDALLION. 
They  are  now  used  at  most  of  the 
Government  offices,  and  the  sale,  we 
are  pleased  to  know,  it  enormously 
large  and  increasing. 

The  following  letter,  the  original 
of  which  we  have  seen,  from  one 
who  well  understands  the  use  of  the 
pen,  is  a  high  commendation. — 
Daily  News,  Jan.  25. 


Letterirom  Jas.  Buchanan. 

WHBATLAND, 
Tuesday,  Jan.  20,  1857. 
MY  DEAR  SIR  :  Many  thanks  for 
the  box  of  Washington  Medallion 
Pens.  I  find  them  better  than  most 
of  the  English  Pens  I  have  used, 
and  I  heartily  wish  the  manufac- 
turer success.  The  facts  you  state 
are  quite  interesting,  and  I  shall 
retain  them  in  my  memory.  I  had 
not  the  most  remote  idea  that  we 
paid  England  $1,000,000  annually 
for  steel  pens. 

Yours,  very  respectfully, 

JAMES  BUCHANAN. 
To  THE  SECRETARY 

Of  the  Washington  Medallion, 
Pen  Co.,  58  Cedar  St.,  N.  Y. 


These  Pens  have  been  used  for 
more  than  a  year  in  the  Smith- 
sonian Institution,  and  give  entire 
satisfaction. 


If  you  have  any  curiosity 
to  try  these  PENS,  enclose  two 
stamps  to  the 

WASHINGTON 

HWIi0n  |ltn  Co., 

No.  58  CEDAR  STREET, 
NEW  YORK. 

Patron's  Ticket  of  the  first  series  of  100,000  gross  has  been  drawn.  The  number  is 
83,384.  On  presentation  of  the  ticket  bearing  that  number  at  the  Office  of  the  Company, 
58  Cedar  street,  New  York,  the  holder  will  receive  ONE  THOUSAND  DOLLARS.  The  second 
series  is  now  being  issued. 


THE 


ftlMSI 


PHILP  &  SOLOMONS, 

AGENTS  FOB  THE  "METROPOLITAN  MILLS." 


ENGLISH,  FRENCH,  AND  AMERICAN 


OF   THE 


Foreign  Books  and  Periodicals 


IMPORTED  WEEKLY. 


"Z       ~VI  SITING- 

ENGRAVED    AND    PRINTED 

PRINTING,  PUBLISHING,  &  BOOKBINDING. 


ENGRAVED    AND    PRINTED   EXPEDITIOUSLT. 


FOR    THB    EXHIBITION   OF 


aa 


CHOICE  EiiGRAVIIiiS  a  ©HBOMO-UTHOGRAPHS 


AS    PUBLISHED. 


NO.  332  PENNSYLVANJ 1  AVENUE, 

Between  9th  and  10th  Streets, 


WASHINGTON : 

S.  E.  Corner  Seventh  and  F  streets, 

OPPOSITE  PATENT  OFFICE. 


CINCINNATI  : 

N.  E.  Corner  Fourth  and  Vine  Sis., 

OPPOSITE  POST  OFFICE. 


CONSTANT  PERSONAL  ATTENTION  GIVEN  IN  U.  S.  PATENT  OFFICE  TO  ALL  PENDING  BUSINESS. 

REFER     BY    PERMISSION     TO 

Hon.  JOHN  MCLEAN,  U.  S.  Supreme  Court,  Hon.  SAMUEL  INQHAM,  Ex-Gov.  Conn.,  Comm'r  of  Customs. 

Messrs.  GALES  A  SEATON,  Washington,  D.  C.  Hon.  J.  H.  B.  LATROBE,  Baltimore,  Md. 

"VST.    D.    SHEPHERD, 

lillllffi  AB&  flmMIOBIB. 

CORNER  OF  SEVENTH  AND  D  STREETS, 


DEALER   INT   PLAIJ¥  AIVD   FA1¥CY   STATIONERY, 

$tj}0ol  mtfr  Collegiate  fei  §00fes, 

DRAWING  INSTRUMENTS  AND  ARTISTS'    MATERIALS,  WRITING  DESKS,  PORT- 
FOLIOS &c.,  FANCY  GIFT  GOODS, 


ALL  STANDARD  AUTHORS,  &c.         WHOLESALE  AND  RETAIL. 


The  undersigned,  formerly  an  Examiner  of  Patents,  and  a  member  of  the  Board 
of  Appeals  under  the  late  Commissioner  of  Patents,  Hon.  JOSEPH  HOLT,  having 
RESUMED  the  practice  of  his  profession,  attends  to  procuring  American  and  Euro- 
pean Patents. 

Inventors  can  also  have  their  inventions  examined  prior  to  making  an  applica- 
tion/or a  patent ,  by  sending  a  pencil  sketch,  &c.,for  a  fee  of  five  dollars. 

THOMAS  H.  DODGE, 

Counsellor  at  Law  and  Advocate  in  Patent  Cases, 

464f  SEVENTH  STREET,  WASHINGTON,  D.  C. 


J.   DENNIS,    JR.,    SOLICITOR    OF    PATENTS, 

PRACTICAL  MACHINIST,  MANUFACTURER  AND  DRAUGHTSMAN. 

Having  had  twenty  years'  experience  in  building  and  operating  machinery  for  manufacturing  Cotton,  Silk 
Wool,  Steam  Engines,  Printing  Calico,  <fec.,  with  ten  years'  experience  in  procuring  patents,  tenders  his  services 
to  inventors  to  make  examinations  of  their  inventions  from  a  rough  sketch  or  drawing  and  limited  description, 
(which  may  be  forwarded  by  mail,)  and  compare  them  with  the  inventions  in  the  Patent  Office,  and  give  ar 
opinion,  whether  the  invention  is  patentable  or  not,  for  a  fee  of  $5,  and  save  the  inventor  the  expense  of  apply- 
ing for  a  patent,  which  usually  costs  $60,  exclusive  of  the  cost  of  model,  and  only  about  two-fifths  of  the  patents 
applied  for  are  granted.  His  experience  in  making  drawings  of,  building,  and  operating  machinery,  enables 
him  to  understand  an  invention  from  a  rough  drawing  and  limited  description,  and  to  comprehend  the  points 
in  which  the  invention  differs  from  those  already  patented,  with  the  greatest  facility;  or  for  a  similar  fee,  he 
will  make  an  examination  and  give  an  opinion  as  to  which  is  the  best  patented  machine  for  any  purpose.  He 
also  prepares  drawings,  specifications,  caveats,  and  assignments,  or  procures  copies  from,  or  attends  to  any  busi- 
ness connected  with  the  Patent  Office.  Counsellors  in  patent  cases  can  have  an  opinion  by  stating  the  points  in 
their  case,  and  arguments  prepared  with  the  proper  authorities  cited  to  sustain  the  same,  with  depositions  if 
necessary.  He  will  also  attend  as  Counsellor  or  Advocate  in  patent  causes  in  any  Court.  N.  B. — All  communi- 
cations considered  strictly  confidential.  Rejected  applications  carefully  examined  for  $5.  Appeals  from  the  de- 
cisions of  the  Commissioner  of  Patents  taken  to  one  of  the  Judges  of  the  Circuit  Court  for  a  moderate  fee.  Cir- 
culars containing  important  information  for  Inventors  and  Patentees  forwarded  to  any  person  desiring  them. 
Office,  371  F  st.  north,  opposite  the  south  front  of  the  Patent  Office,  near  $th  St.,  Washington,  D.  C. 


